Exhibit 10.1

Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Rule 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K. The omitted information is (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Company if publicly disclosed. Information that has been omitted has been noted in this document with a placeholder identified by the mark “[***]”.

CONFIDENTIAL EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDED AND RESTATED

COMBINATION COINSURANCE AND MODIFIED COINSURANCE AGREEMENT

by and between

AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

and

FORTITUDE REINSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

Originally Effective January 1, 2017

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1

Definitions...............................................................................................................

ARTICLE II

BASIS OF REINSURANCE AND BUSINESS REINSURED

Section 2.1	Reinsurance.............................................................................................................	13
Section 2.2	Existing Reinsurance..............................................................................................	15
Section 2.3	Insurance Contract Changes...................................................................................	16
Section 2.4	Follow the Fortunes; Follow the Settlements; Contested Claims...........................	17
Section 2.5	Non-Guaranteed Elements......................................................................................	20
Section 2.6	Misstatement of Age, Sex or Any Other Material Fact..........................................	21
Section 2.7	Programs of Internal Replacement..........................................................................	22
Section 2.8	Actuarial Review....................................................................................................	22
Section 2.9	Other Restrictions...................................................................................................	23
Section 2.10	Reinsurer Net Retention..........................................................................................	23

ARTICLE III

INITIAL PAYMENTS; SETTLEMENTS;

ADMINISTRATION; REPORTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section 3.1	Initial Payments......................................................................................................	23
Section 3.2	Settlements..............................................................................................................	24
Section 3.3	Aggregate Expense Allowance, Investment Expenses and Surplus Participation Payments.................................................................................................................	26
Section 3.4	Delayed Payments...................................................................................................	26
Section 3.5	Offset.......................................................................................................................	27
Section 3.6	Administration........................................................................................................	27
Section 3.7	Certain Reports.......................................................................................................	30
Section 3.8	Books and Records.................................................................................................	31

ARTICLE IV

MODCO ACCOUNT; COLLATERAL TRUST

Section 4.1	ModCo Account; Investment Guidelines................................................................	32
Section 4.2	Interest on Policy Loans..........................................................................................	39
Section 4.3	Credit for Reinsurance for Modified Coinsurance Cession....................................	39
Section 4.4	Collateral Trust.......................................................................................................	39

ARTICLE V

COINSURANCE CESSION

Section 5.1	Coinsurance Cessions Generally.............................................................................	40
Section 5.2	Security Required....................................................................................................	41
Section 5.3	Reinsurance Trust Account.....................................................................................	41

Section 5.4	Additional Withdrawals..........................................................................................	42
Section 5.5	General....................................................................................................................	42

ARTICLE VI

OVERSIGHTS; COOPERATION

Section 6.1	Oversights...............................................................................................................	43
Section 6.2	Cooperation.............................................................................................................	43

ARTICLE VII

TAX; GUARANTY FUND ASSESSMENTS

Section 7.1	DAC Tax Election...................................................................................................	43
Section 7.2	Federal Excise Tax..................................................................................................	44
Section 7.3	FATCA...................................................................................................................	44
Section 7.4	Premium Tax...........................................................................................................	44
Section 7.5	Guaranty Fund Assessments...................................................................................	44
Section 7.6	BEAT Tax...............................................................................................................	45
Section 7.7	Indemnification.......................................................................................................	45
Section 7.8	Return of Premium..................................................................................................	45

ARTICLE VIII

INSOLVENCY

Section 8.1

Insolvency of the Ceding Company........................................................................

ARTICLE IX

DURATION; SURVIVAL; RECAPTURE; TERMINAL SETTLEMENT

Section 9.1	Certain Definitions..................................................................................................	46
Section 9.2	Duration..................................................................................................................	48
Section 9.3	Survival...................................................................................................................	48
Section 9.4	Recapture................................................................................................................	48
Section 9.5	Terminal Settlement................................................................................................	49

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1	Notices....................................................................................................................	51
Section 10.2	Entire Agreement, Interpretation............................................................................	52
Section 10.3	Arbitration...............................................................................................................	53
Section 10.4	Governing Law.......................................................................................................	54
Section 10.5	No Third Party Beneficiaries..................................................................................	54
Section 10.6	Expenses.................................................................................................................	54
Section 10.7	Mode of Execution; Counterparts...........................................................................	54
Section 10.8	Severability.............................................................................................................	54
Section 10.9	Waiver of Jury Trial................................................................................................	54
Section 10.10	Treatment of Confidential Information...................................................................	55
Section 10.11	Treatment of Personal Information.........................................................................	56
Section 10.12	Assignment.............................................................................................................	57
Section 10.13	Waivers and Amendments......................................................................................	57

Section 10.14	Service of Suit.........................................................................................................	57
Section 10.15	OFAC Compliance..................................................................................................	58
Section 10.16	Incontestability........................................................................................................	59

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.1 – Expense Allowance

Schedule 1.2 – Reinsured Portfolios

Schedule 1.3 – Non-Transitioned TPAs

Schedule 2.2 – Rate Increase Disputes

Schedule 2.4 – Contests and Disputes

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A – Data and other Reporting Requirements

Exhibit A-1 – Reserve Calculation Dataset

Exhibit A-2 – Covered Insurance Policies Data

Exhibit A-3 – Cash Flow Testing Service Specifications

Exhibit A-4 – Loss Recognition Testing Service Specifications

Exhibit B – Settlement Statement

Exhibit C – Investment Guidelines

Exhibit D – Form of Collateral Trust Agreement

Exhibit E – Valuation Methodology Memorandum

Exhibit F – Par Dividend Surplus Tally Spreadsheet Memorandum

APPENDICES

Appendix A – Administrative Appendix

iii

AMENDED AND RESTATED

COMBINATION COINSURANCE AND MODIFIED COINSURANCE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED COMBINATION COINSURANCE AND MODIFIED COINSURANCE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is effective as of 12:00:01 a.m. Eastern Time on June 1, 2020 (the “Amendment Date”) by and between AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Texas-domiciled life insurance company (the “Ceding Company”), and FORTITUDE REINSURANCE COMPANY, LTD., a Bermuda-domiciled reinsurance company (the “Reinsurer”), which has been executed and delivered by the Parties hereto on this 2^nd day of June 2020. For purposes of this Agreement, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer shall each be deemed a “Party” and together, the “Parties”.

WHEREAS, on February 12, 2018 (the “Closing Date”), the Parties entered into a COMBINATION COINSURANCE AND MODIFIED COINSURANCE AGREEMENT, effective as of the Effective Time (as hereinafter defined) (the “Original Coinsurance Agreement”), pursuant to which the Ceding Company cedes to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer reinsures, on a modified coinsurance basis, on the terms and conditions set forth therein, certain risks arising in respect of the Covered Insurance Policies (as hereinafter defined);

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement, the Parties wish to amend and restate the Original Coinsurance Agreement in its entirety; and

WHEREAS, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer intend that the Ceding Company will continue to provide, or cause to be provided, administrative services for the Covered Insurance Policies in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and several promises and undertakings herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. The following terms have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

“2019 Purchase Agreement” means the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2019, by and among American International Group, Inc., Fortitude Group Holdings, LLC, Carlyle FRL, L.P., T&D United Capital Co., Ltd., The Carlyle Group L.P., solely with respect to Sections 4.05, 5.20 and 7.02 and Article X therein, and T&D Holdings, Inc., solely with respect to Article IX and Article X therein.

“953(d) Election” means the election made by the Reinsurer on or around July 15, 2019 with respect to its taxable year beginning January 1, 2018 to be treated as a domestic corporation pursuant to Section 953(d) of the Code.

“Acceptable Rating” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a).

“Accounting Period” means each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement or any fraction thereof ending on the earlier of the Recapture Effective Date or the date this Agreement is

otherwise terminated in accordance with Section 9.2, as applicable. However, the initial Accounting Period shall commence on the Effective Time and end on the last day of the calendar quarter in which the Closing Date falls.

“Action” has the meaning set forth in Appendix A.

“Administered Policies” has the meaning set forth in the FLAS Administrative Services Agreement or any replacement thereof.

“Administrative Appendix” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(c).

“Administrative Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(c).

“Administrative Services Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e).

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, at the time in question, any other Person Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person; provided, however, for purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” shall not include (i) the Ceding Company or any of the Ceding Company’s Affiliates (excluding Fortitude Group Holdings LLC or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries, including the Reinsurer) when applied to the Reinsurer or Fortitude Group Holdings LLC or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries or (ii) Fortitude Group Holdings LLC or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries, including the Reinsurer, when applied to the Ceding Company or any of the Ceding Company’s Affiliates.

“Aggregate Expense Allowance” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(v).

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Alternative Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

“Amendment Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Annual Cession Interest Rate” means the annual yield rate, on the date of determination, of actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a remaining time to maturity of three (3) months, as such rate is published under “Treasury Constant Maturities” in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519).

“Applicable Law” means any U.S. domestic or foreign, federal, provincial, state or local statute, law, ordinance or code, or any written rules, regulations or administrative or judicial interpretations or policies issued or imposed by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any of the foregoing, any binding settlement with one or more Governmental Authorities applicable to some or all of the Covered Insurance Policies and any order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, or arbitral award, in each case, applicable to the Parties or the subject matter hereof.

“Applicable Insurance Regulations” has the meaning set forth in the Investment Guidelines.

“Applicable Privacy and Security Laws” means all Applicable Laws pertaining to the security, confidentiality, protection or privacy of the Confidential Information (including personal and health data) and Information Systems.

“ARIAS • U.S. Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(a).

“ARIAS • U.S. Streamlined Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(b).

“Authorized Investments” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).

“Available Statutory Economic Capital and Surplus” has the meaning ascribed thereto by or under the Insurance Act.

“Books and Records” means originals or copies of all records and all other data and information, whether created before or after the Effective Time, and in whatever form maintained, in the possession or control of the Ceding Company or its Affiliates or Subcontractors and relating to the Reinsured Liabilities, including (i) administrative records, (ii) claim records, (iii) policy files, (iv) sales records, (v) files and records relating to Applicable Law, (vi) reinsurance records, (vii) underwriting records and (viii) accounting records, but excluding any (a) Tax Returns and Tax records and all other data and information with respect to Tax, (b) files, records, data and information with respect to employees, records, data and information with respect to any employee benefit plan, (d) any materials prepared for the boards of directors of the Ceding Company or any of its Affiliates, (e) any materials (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any records or data referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) of this definition) that do not reasonably relate to the Reinsured Liabilities ceded hereunder and/or the Ceding Company’s performance hereunder, and (f) any materials that are privileged and/or confidential.

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(e)(i)b..

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(e)(i)d..

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday, (b) a day on which banking institutions in Bermuda or in Houston, Texas are permitted or obligated by Applicable Law to be closed or (c) a day on which the New York Stock Exchange or the U.S. government bond market is closed for trading.

“Capital Markets Services Agreement” means a services agreement between the Ceding Company and an Affiliate of the Ceding Company pursuant to which such Affiliate provides derivatives services or similar services, which may include, derivatives execution services, short-term cash investment and reverse repurchase and securities lending transaction services, repurchase transaction services, borrowing services, collateral management services and operational support services.

“Carlyle” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(d).

“Ceding Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Ceding Company Extra-Contractual Obligations” means (a) all Extra-Contractual Obligations to the extent arising out of, resulting from or relating to any act, error or omission before the Closing Date, whether or not intentional, negligent, in bad faith or otherwise, by the Ceding Company, any of its Affiliates, any Subcontractors or any other service provider engaged or compensated by the Ceding Company or any of its Affiliates or otherwise; (b) all Extra-Contractual Obligations to the extent arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Ceding Company, any of its Affiliates, any Subcontractor or any other service provider engaged or compensated by the Ceding Company or any of its Affiliates or otherwise (other than Reinsurer Appointed Administrators), on or after the Closing Date but prior to the Amendment Date; (c) all Extra-Contractual Obligations to the extent arising out of, resulting from or relating to any act, error or omission on or after the Amendment Date, whether or not intentional, negligent, in bad faith or otherwise, by the Ceding Company, any of its Affiliates, any Subcontractor or any other service provider engaged or compensated by the Ceding Company or any of its Affiliates or otherwise (other than Reinsurer Appointed Administrators), other than any liability arising from any act, error or omission of the Ceding Company, any of its Affiliates, any Subcontractor or

such other service provider made in the ordinary course of administering the Covered Insurance Policies; and (d) on or after the Amendment Date, Extra-Contractual Obligations arising out of or resulting from the Ceding Company’s Contest of a claim for benefits under a Self-Administered Policy in the circumstances described in Section 2.4(c)(iii); provided, however, that any Extra-Contractual Obligations arising out of, resulting from or relating to any act, error or omission undertaken by, or at the request of, or with the prior written consent or ratification of, the Reinsurer, any of its Affiliates or any Reinsurer Appointed Administrator shall not constitute a “Ceding Company Extra-Contractual Obligation” and shall be deemed a Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligation.

“Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(c).

“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Coinsured Liabilities” means the Quota Share of Reinsured Liabilities and IMR to the extent ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder on a coinsurance basis.

“Collateral Trust Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).

“Collateral Trust Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).

“Collateral Trust Authorized Investments” means Authorized Investments that, other than in the case of cash and certificates of deposit, are publicly traded securities and have an NAIC SVO designation of 1 or 2.

“Collateral Trust Required Balance” means 102% multiplied by the Risk Margin Amount as of the end of the applicable Accounting Period.

“Collateral Value” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b).

“Confidential Information” means:

(a) With respect to confidentiality obligations imposed on the Reinsurer and its Affiliates and Representatives hereunder, all documents, materials and information concerning the Ceding Company and any of its Affiliates, including any derivative works thereof, as well as Personal Information, that are furnished to the Reinsurer or its Affiliates or Representatives by the Ceding Company or its Affiliates or Representatives in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereunder.

(b) With respect to confidentiality obligations imposed on the Ceding Company and its Affiliates and Representatives hereunder, all documents, materials and information concerning the Reinsurer and any of its Affiliates, including any derivative works thereof, that are furnished to the Ceding Company or its Affiliates or Representatives by the Reinsurer in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereunder, but excluding (i) any information furnished to the Reinsurer or its Affiliates or Representatives by the Ceding Company or its Affiliates or Representatives as described in clause (a) of this definition, including derivative works thereof, (ii) any information furnished to the Ceding Company or its Affiliates or Representatives under any Administrative Services Agreement to which it is party, and (iii) any information furnished by the Reinsurer or its Affiliates or Representatives to the Ceding Company or its Affiliates or Representatives for the express purpose of the Ceding Company’s

disclosure to a Governmental Authority pursuant to a statutory or regulatory obligation or request, including, by way of example, calculations provided for the Ceding Company’s financial statement reporting; provided, that, in each case of clause (iii), all derivative works, workpapers, memoranda and other documentation developed therefrom or prepared in connection therewith by the Reinsurer or its Affiliates or Representatives shall be protected as “Confidential Information” of the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer shall assert its confidentiality interest to prevent or oppose disclosures by the recipient Governmental Authority to the public or other third parties (unless such disclosure is required by and made consistent with Applicable Law).

However, Confidential Information does not include information which: (x) at the time of disclosure or thereafter is ascertainable or generally available to and known by the public other than by way of a disclosure by the receiving Party or by any Representative or Affiliate of the receiving Party in breach of this Agreement or any other obligation of confidentiality attaching thereto; (y) was in the possession of, or becomes available to, the other Party or its Representatives or Affiliates on a non-confidential basis, directly or indirectly, from a source other than the disclosing Party to whom the Confidential Information pertained or its Representatives or Affiliates in breach of this Agreement or any other obligation of confidentiality attaching thereto; provided, that such source is not, and was not, known to the receiving Party or its Representatives or Affiliates after reasonable inquiry to be prohibited from transmitting the information by a contractual, legal, fiduciary, or other obligation of confidentiality by the party to whom the Confidential Information pertained; or (z) was independently developed by the receiving Party or any of its Representatives or Affiliates without violating any obligations under this Agreement and without the use of, reference to, or reliance upon any other Confidential Information or any derivative thereof.

“Consultation Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

“Contest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).

“Contested Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person through the ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Covered Insurance Policies” means, with respect to any Reinsured Portfolio, (a) the policies listed in the electronic file specified in Schedule 1.2 with respect to such Reinsured Portfolio, as such electronic file may be updated from time to time in accordance with Schedule 1.2, (b) any such policy that is terminated and then subsequently issued as a reinstatement of a Covered Insurance Policy in accordance with Section 2.1(b), (c) any such policy that is issued as an exchange, replacement or conversion of a Covered Insurance Policy in accordance with Section 2.1(c), (d) any policy that is issued as a conversion of a Covered Insurance Policy in accordance with Section 2.1(g), or (e) any policy issued as a Supplemental Contract in accordance with Section 2.1(e) or (f), in the case of each of (b) and (c), after the Effective Time and in each case of (d) and (e), after the Amendment Date.

“Deemed Paid” with respect to an item at a given time, means that liability on the item has been discharged as of such time, whether by payment, by offset, or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of the liability that is Deemed Paid is measured by the amount of the consideration given for discharging the liability, not by the carrying value of the liability prior to discharge.

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(e)(i)a..

“Derivative Margin Amount” has the meaning set forth in the Investment Guidelines.

“Derivative Margin Requirement” has the meaning set forth in the Investment Guidelines.

“Determination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

“Disputed Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(f)(ii).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(b).

“Dollars” or “$” refers to United States dollars.

“ECR Ratio” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b).

“ECR Reporting Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b).

“Effective Time” means 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on January 1, 2017.

“Embedded Value Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a).

“Enhanced Capital Requirement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b).

“Ex Gratia Payments” means a payment that is both (a) outside the terms and conditions of the applicable Covered Insurance Policy and (b) made by or on behalf of the Ceding Company, not as a good faith settlement, adjustment, or compromise of a dispute over coverage or the amount of a claim or loss, but, rather, as a business accommodation to the beneficiary.

“Exchange Program” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

“Excluded NGE Change” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

“Excluded Policy Changes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

“Exigent Circumstances” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

“Existing Practice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).

“Existing Reinsurance Agreements” means (a) all agreements, treaties, slips, binders, cover notes and other similar arrangements under which the Ceding Company has ceded to reinsurers (including those Affiliated with the Ceding Company as of the Closing Date) risks arising in respect of the Covered Insurance Policies where such agreements are (i) in-force or are treated as being in-force as of the Closing Date, (ii) terminated but under which there remains any outstanding Liability, whether known or unknown as of the Closing Date, from the reinsurer, or (iii) entered into following the Closing Date with the consent of the Reinsurer, and (b) any agreement, treaty, slip, binder, cover note or other similar arrangement entered into by the Ceding Company to replace any of such arrangements following any termination or recapture thereof, as all such arrangements may be in-force from time to time and at any time.

“Extra-Contractual Obligations” means all Liabilities not arising under the express terms and conditions of, or in excess of the applicable policy limits of, the Covered Insurance Policies, including Liabilities for fines, penalties, Taxes, fees, forfeitures, compensatory, punitive, exemplary, special, treble, bad faith, tort or any other form of extra-contractual damages, and legal fees and expenses relating thereto, which Liabilities arise from any actual or alleged act, error or omission in connection with (a) the form, sale, marketing, distribution, underwriting, production, issuance, cancellation or administration of

the Covered Insurance Policies, (b) the investigation, defense, trial, settlement or handling of claims, benefits, dividends or payments under the Covered Insurance Policies, (c) the failure to pay or the delay in payment or errors in calculating or administering the payment of benefits, claims, dividends or any other amounts due or alleged to be due under or in connection with the Covered Insurance Policies, escheat or unclaimed property Liabilities arising under or relating to the Covered Insurance Policies or the failure of the Covered Insurance Policies to qualify for their intended Tax status. Interest required under the terms of the applicable Covered Insurance Policy or by Applicable Law (whether payable to a beneficiary or escheated) will constitute Extra-Contractual Obligations only to the extent such interest is incurred as a result of a failure of the Ceding Company, any Subcontractor or Reinsurer Appointed Administrator to act in accordance with Applicable Law and shall otherwise be deemed a Reinsured Liability pursuant to clause (x) or (y) of the definition of “Reinsured Liability”.

“Fair Market Value” means the value at which the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer agree to transfer an asset, reflecting the price at which a buyer and seller who are knowledgeable, self-interested and not forced would transfer an asset at an arms-length basis. For the avoidance of doubt, quoted market prices for publicly traded securities are to be utilized where available. However, to the extent “Fair Market Value” is being utilized in the context of valuing Reinsurance Trust Account Authorized Investments or Collateral Trust Authorized Investments, “Fair Market Value” shall be as defined in the applicable agreement(s) governing such Reinsurance Trust Account(s) or Collateral Trust Account(s), as applicable.

“FATCA” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.

“Federal Excise Tax” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

“FLAS” means Fortitude Life & Annuity Solutions, Inc.

“FLAS Administrative Services Agreement” means any Administrative Services Agreement between the Ceding Company, the Reinsurer and FLAS, dated on or after the Amendment Date.

“GAAP Carrying Value” means, with respect to any ModCo Asset, as of the relevant date of determination, the value thereof on the US GAAP balance sheet of the Ceding Company determined in accordance with US GAAP as of such date, including any investment income due and accrued thereon.

“Governmental Authority” means any court, administrative or regulatory agency or commission, or other foreign, federal, provincial, state or local governmental or self-regulatory authority, instrumentality or body having jurisdiction over any Party.

“Guaranty Fund Assessments” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

“IMR” means the interest maintenance reserve (whether positive or negative) determined in accordance with SAP attributable from time to time to the Reinsured Liabilities.

“Independent Actuary” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(d).

“Independent Valuation Expert” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(d).

“Information Systems” means any computer, computer network, computer application, imaging device, storage device or media, mobile computing device, or any other information technology that contains Confidential Information.

“Initial Purchase Agreement” means the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and among American International Group, Inc., Fortitude Group Holdings, LLC and TC Group Cayman Investment Holdings, L.P, dated as of July 31, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2018, and Amendment No. 2 to Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2019).

“Initial ModCo Deposit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

“Insurance Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b).

“Interest Earned on Policy Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(iii).

“Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

“Interim Required Collateral Balance” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(i).

“Interim Return Collateral Balance” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(i).

“Internal Capital Model” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b).

“Investment Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(vi).

“Investment Guidelines” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d).

“Investment Manager” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d).

“Legally Required Ceding Company Actions” means actions related to the Administered Policies, the Administrative Services or the Retained Services that the Ceding Company is required by Applicable Law or Governmental Authorities to take without any administrator or a subcontractor acting on its behalf.

“Letter of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).

“Liabilities” means any and all debts, liabilities, commitments or obligations, whether direct or indirect, accrued or fixed, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable, whether arising in the past, present or future.

“LIBOR” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

“Long-Term Business Account” means the accounts of the Reinsurer in respect of insurance business that constitutes “long-term business” within the meaning of the Insurance Act.

“Long-Term Business Account Diversification Benefit” means, as of any date of determination, the amount of the Overall Diversification Benefit calculated and allocated by the Reinsurer to its Long- Term Business Account in a consistent manner in accordance with the Reinsurer’s internal risk management policies and practices and as reported to the Reinsurer’s Board of Directors and the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(e)(i).

“Margin Collateral Value” means:

(a) With respect to cash, the amount thereof; and

(b) With respect to other ModCo Assets, the sum of (i) either (x) the closing bid prices for the applicable ModCo Asset quoted on the relevant date which appears on the display of Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News (or its successor) published by Bloomberg L.P. or such other financial information provider reasonably chosen by the Ceding Company; or (y) if the value for the applicable ModCo Asset does not so appear, the arithmetic mean of the closing bid prices quoted on the relevant date (or, if none are available on that date, as of the next preceding date) of three recognized principal market makers for such assets chosen by the Ceding Company; and (ii) the accrued interest on such ModCo Assets if not reflected in such closing bid prices.

“Material Ceding Company Administration Breach” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(i).

“ModCo Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

“ModCo Account Investment Income” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(j).

“ModCo Assets” means (a) the cash and investment assets that are specifically and separately allocated to the ModCo Account in respect of this Agreement, (b) Policy Loans under the Covered Insurance Policies, and (c) without duplication, any receivables related to cash or other investment assets posted under permitted derivatives or Short Terms Borrowing Transactions in the ModCo Account where such cash or other investment assets would otherwise no longer be recognized as a ModCo Asset.

“ModCo Reinsurance Agreements” means this Agreement, the USL Reinsurance Agreement and the VALIC Reinsurance Agreement.

“ModCo Reserves” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(k).

“NGE Change Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

“NGE MAE” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b).

“Non-Guaranteed Element” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

“Non-Transitioned TPAs” means any third party administrator providing administrative services in respect of the Covered Insurance Policies which Ceding Company and Administrator have expressly agreed will continue to be overseen by Ceding Company; the Non-Transitioned TPAs as of the Amendment Date are set forth on Schedule 1.3.

“Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(f)(i).

“Original Coinsurance Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Overall Diversification Benefit” means as of any date of determination, the amount of the diversification benefit calculated by the Reinsurer under the Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement (BSCR) rule, in aggregate, in a consistent manner in accordance with the Reinsurer’s internal risk management policies and practices and as reported to the Reinsurer’s Board of Directors and the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

“Parent” means American International Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(e)(i)c..

“Party” or “Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Permitted Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d).

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental, judicial or regulatory body, business unit, division or other entity.

“Personal Information” means any financial or personal information provided by or on behalf of one Party to the other Party in connection with the business reinsured hereunder that identifies, relates to, describes, is capable of being associated with, or could reasonably be linked to an individual, including name, street or mailing address, electronic mail address, telephone or other contact information, employer, social security or Tax identification number, date of birth, driver’s license number, state identification card number, financial account, credit or debit card number, health and medical information or photograph or documentation of identity or residency (whether independently disclosed or contained in any disclosed document), the fact that the individual has a relationship with such Party or one or more of its Affiliates, and any other information protected by any Applicable Privacy and Security Laws.

“Policy Loans” means loans under the applicable Covered Insurance Policies.

“Premium Tax” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.

“Premiums” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(ii).

“Proposed Practice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).

“Quarterly Net Settlement Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

“Quota Share” means 100%.

“Recapture Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(a).

“Recapture Penalty” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a).

“Recapture Triggering Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a).

“Reinsurance Trust Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).

“Reinsurance Trust Account Required Balance” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).

“Reinsurance Trust Account Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).

“Reinsured Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(i).

“Reinsured Portfolio” means each of the portfolios listed on Schedule 1.2.

“Reinsurer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Reinsurer Appointed Administrator” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e).

“Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations” means all Extra-Contractual Obligations other than any Ceding Company Extra-Contractual Obligations.

“Replacement Program” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

“Representative” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s consultants, attorneys, actuaries, auditors, reinsurers and retrocessionaires.

“Required Balance” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(c).

“Restricted Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(d).

“Retained Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b).

“Risk Margin Amount” means the aggregate of the Statutory Book Value of the Risk Assets (as defined in the Investment Guidelines) and the Statutory Book Value of the Commercial Mortgage Loans with a mortgage factor used for calculating the Ceding Company’s risk-based capital requirement of CM3 or below, in each case, in the ModCo Account multiplied by the Risk Margin Factor(s) applicable to such Risk Assets.

“Risk Margin Factor” means (i) for Below Investment Grade Obligations and Commercial Mortgage Loans with a mortgage factor used for calculating the Ceding Company’s risk-based capital requirement of CM3 or below, [***]%, and (ii) for Equity Securities, Real Estate Equity or Other Investments (each as defined in the Investment Guidelines), [***]%.

“Sanctions Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.15(a).

“SAP” means, as to the Ceding Company, the statutory accounting principles prescribed or permitted by the Governmental Authority responsible for the regulation of insurance companies in the jurisdiction in which the Ceding Company is domiciled (unless otherwise specified).

“Self-Administered Policies” means, (i) if the FLAS Administrative Services Agreement or any replacement thereof is in effect, the meaning given to such term in such agreement and (ii) if no Administrative Services Agreement is in effect, the Covered Insurance Policies.

“Settlement Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

“Short Term Borrowing Collateral Amount” has the meaning set forth in the Investment Guidelines.

“Short Term Borrowing Collateral Requirement” has the meaning set forth in the Investment Guidelines.

“Short Term Borrowing Transactions” has the meaning set forth in the Investment Guidelines.

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(e)(i)b..

“Significant Impairment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(f)(i).

“Statutory Book Value” means, with respect to any ModCo Asset, as of the relevant date of determination, the carrying value thereof on the books of the Ceding Company determined in accordance with SAP as of such date, including any investment income due and accrued thereon, as such amount is adjusted in accordance with Section 4.1(f).

“Statutory Financial Statements” means, with respect to any Party, the annual and quarterly statutory financial statements of such Party filed with the Governmental Authority charged with supervision of insurance companies in the jurisdiction of domicile of such Party to the extent such Party is required by Applicable Law to prepare and file such financial statements.

“Statutory Reserves” means, as of any date of determination, the statutory reserves required to be held by the Ceding Company with respect to the Covered Insurance Policies, as reported in Exhibits 5, 6 and 7 of its Statutory Financial Statements as of such date determined (a) in accordance with the methodologies used by the Ceding Company to calculate such amounts for purposes of its Statutory Financial Statements prepared in accordance with SAP, and (b) after giving effect to the credit for reinsurance taken by the Ceding Company in respect of the Covered Insurance Policies for Existing Reinsurance Agreements as of such date of determination.

“Subcontractor” has the meaning set forth in Appendix A.

“Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(d).

“Supplemental Contract” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e).

“Surplus Participation Payments” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(viii).

“Tax” (or “Taxes” as the context may require) means any tax, however denominated, imposed by any federal, state, local, municipal, territorial or provincial government or any agency or political subdivision of any such government or agency charged with the collection, assessment, determination or administration of such tax for such government or subdivision (a “Taxing Authority”), including any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, Premium, sales, use, gains, goods and services, production, documentary, recording, social security, unemployment, disability, workers’ compensation, estimated, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, capital stock, occupation, personal or real property, environmental or windfall profit tax, Premiums, custom, duty or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Taxing Authority relating to the assessment or collection thereof.

“Taxing Authority” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Tax”.

“Tax Return” means any return, report, declaration, claim for refund, certificate, bill, or other return or statement, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and any amendment thereof, filed or required to be filed with any Taxing Authority in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax.

“Terminal Accounting Period” means the Accounting Period during which the Recapture Effective Date occurs.

“Terminal Settlement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a).

“Terminal Settlement Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a).

“Treasury Regulations” means the treasury regulations (including temporary and proposed treasury regulations) promulgated by the United States Department of Treasury with respect to the Code or other United States federal Tax statutes.

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(e)(i)d.

“US GAAP” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

“USL” means The United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York, a New York life insurance company.

“USL Reinsurance Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Modified Coinsurance Agreement, by and between USL and the Reinsurer, effective January 1, 2017 and dated as of the Amendment Date.

“VALIC” means The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company, a Texas life insurance company.

“VALIC Reinsurance Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Combination Coinsurance and Modified Coinsurance Agreement, by and between VALIC and the Reinsurer, effective January 1, 2017 and dated as of the Amendment Date.

“Valuation Methodology” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).

ARTICLE II

BASIS OF REINSURANCE AND BUSINESS REINSURED

Section 2.1 Reinsurance.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Time, the Ceding Company hereby cedes to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer hereby accepts and agrees to assume and indemnity reinsure, a Quota Share of all Reinsured Liabilities and IMR on a modified coinsurance basis. Without limiting the foregoing, on and after the Effective Time, the Reinsurer hereby assumes and agrees to indemnify and hold the Ceding Company harmless from and against all Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations. This Agreement is solely between the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer and, except as contemplated in Article VIII, shall not create any legal relationship whatsoever between the Reinsurer and any Person other than the Ceding Company. The reinsurance effected under this Agreement shall be maintained in-force, without reduction, unless such reinsurance is recaptured, terminated or reduced as provided herein. On and after the Effective Time, subject to the terms and conditions herein, the Reinsurer shall be obligated to make payments to or on behalf of the Ceding Company, as and when due, of all Reinsured Liabilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Reinsurer shall have no liability for any (x) Ceding Company Extra-Contractual Obligations or (y) Ex Gratia Payments absent the Reinsurer’s prior written consent; provided, however, that any Ex Gratia Payments made or approved by any affiliated or unaffiliated Reinsurer Appointed Administrator shall be deemed to be a payment consented to in writing by the Reinsurer.

(b) Upon reinstatement of any Covered Insurance Policy in accordance with its terms and the Ceding Company’s reinstatement policies, the reinsurance hereunder will be automatically reinstated with respect to such Covered Insurance Policy; provided, that, to the extent that the reinstatement of such Covered Insurance Policy requires payment of Premiums in arrears or reimbursement of claims paid, following receipt of such amounts, the Ceding Company shall transfer to the Reinsurer a Quota Share of

all Premiums in arrears and a Quota Share of all reimbursements of claims paid on such Covered Insurance Policy to the extent such claims had been reimbursed by the Reinsurer hereunder.

(c) Any conversion, exchange or replacement policy or contract arising from the Covered Insurance Policies that is converted, exchanged or replaced pursuant to and in accordance with its policy terms shall be deemed to constitute a Covered Insurance Policy for purposes of this Agreement only (i) if such converted, exchanged or replaced policy carries the same policy number or a valid policy number permutation resulting from a Family Thrift Plan election on the Masterfile administration system (or similar) as the original Covered Insurance Policy so converted, exchanged or replaced or (ii) pursuant to Section 2.1(g) and, in the event of such a conversion, exchange or replacement of any Covered Insurance Policy, the Reinsurer shall reinsure the risk resulting from such conversion on the basis set forth hereby with respect to the Covered Insurance Policies.

(d) If, in the normal course of administration (other than the issuance of Supplemental Contracts, which are addressed in Section 2.1(f) below), the policy number of a Covered Insurance Policy is changed, the policy shall continue to constitute a Covered Insurance Policy for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) For so long as the Ceding Company retains administrative responsibilities for all of the Covered Insurance Policies and until FLAS (or a replacement thereof) is transferred to the Reinsurer or otherwise becomes an Affiliate of the Reinsurer and assumes administration of Administered Policies, Supplemental Contracts will not be Covered Insurance Policies whether or not such Supplemental Contract was derived from a Covered Insurance Policy. “Supplemental Contract” means a contract that is issued by Ceding Company to a policyholder or beneficiary of a life insurance policy or an annuity contract issued by Ceding Company pursuant to which Ceding Company retains proceeds of such life insurance policy or annuity contract for payment in accordance with such contract.

(f) Should FLAS (or a replacement thereof) be transferred to the Reinsurer or otherwise become an Affiliate of the Reinsurer and assume administration of Administered Policies, Supplemental Contracts will be reinsured as follows from and after the commencement of such administration:

(i) A Supplemental Contract issued by the Ceding Company and administered on a system utilized by FLAS (or such replacement) to a policyholder or beneficiary of a life insurance policy or annuity contract issued and administered on a system utilized by FLAS, another Reinsurer Appointed Administrator or a Subcontractor (whether or not such life insurance policy or annuity contract is a Covered Insurance Policy), shall be a Covered Insurance Policy.

(ii) A Supplemental Contract issued and administered on a system utilized by FLAS (or such replacement) to a policyholder or beneficiary of a life insurance policy or annuity contract issued and administered on a system utilized by the Ceding Company but that is not a Covered Insurance Policy, shall be a Covered Insurance Policy if (A) such Supplemental Contract is identified after the calendar year end in which it was issued and (B) the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer agree on mutually acceptable terms for such transfer and a corresponding amendment to Schedule 1.2 to add such Supplemental Contracts; provided, however, such Supplemental Contracts ceded under this Section 2.1(f)(ii) will not be ceded hereunder until after January 1 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such Supplemental Contract is issued, provided that once ceded hereunder, such cession shall be effective as of the issue date of such Supplemental Contract. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 2.1(f)(ii) shall require either the Ceding Company to cede, or the Reinsurer to reinsure, the Supplemental Contracts described in this Section 2.1(f)(ii) if, for any calendar year, the Parties do not mutually agree to do so.

(g) A conversion policy issued after the Amendment Date arising from a Covered Insurance Policy that does not carry the same policy number or a valid policy number permutation resulting from a Family Thrift Plan election on the Masterfile administration system (or similar) as the original Covered Insurance Policy so converted shall also constitute a Covered Insurance Policy for purposes of this Agreement; provided, however, that the conversion policy will not be ceded hereunder until January 1 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such conversion policy is issued, provided that once ceded hereunder, such cession shall be effective as of the issue date of such conversion policy.

(h) To the extent any policies are ceded to the Reinsurer as Covered Insurance Policies pursuant to Sections 2.1(c), (f) or (g) following the Amendment Date, the Ceding Company will incorporate the additional policy numbers into the programs, processes or procedures that provide data from the Ceding Company or a Subcontractor to the Reinsurer (including with respect to the applicable requirements set forth in Exhibit A). The Ceding Company will also provide the Reinsurer an annual list of policies added under these sections. In connection with the entry into the FLAS Administrative Services Agreement (or replacement thereof), the Parties agree to enter into an amendment to Schedule 1.2 to add (i) a detailed description of the additional Supplemental Contracts ceded to the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 2.1(f), with references to the systems on which such contracts are issued and administered, and (ii) the conversion policies ceded to the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 2.1(g)

(i) For each Supplemental Contract ceded to the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 2.1(f)(ii) after the Amendment Date, the Ceding Company shall pay to the Reinsurer, as consideration for the reinsurance hereunder, cash equal to (A) the sum of all amounts received by the Ceding Company in respect of each Supplemental Contract from the issuance date of such Supplemental Contract to the date such Supplemental Contract is ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder, including the amount of the initial deposit into the deposit accounts of the Ceding Company upon the issuance of such Supplemental Contract, less (B) the sum of all Reinsured Liabilities paid by the Ceding Company under such Supplemental Contract prior to the date such Supplemental Contract is ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder, including any distribution payments, plus (C) interest thereon calculated at the Annual Cession Interest Rate in effect on the first Business Day of the Accounting Period in which such Supplemental Contract was issued from the 15^th day of the second month of such Accounting Period to December 31 of the year of such issuance. For each conversion policy ceded to the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 2.1(g) after the Amendment Date, the Ceding Company shall pay to the Reinsurer, as consideration for the reinsurance hereunder, cash equal to (I) the sum of all amounts received by the Ceding Company in respect of such conversion policy from the issuance date of such conversion policy to the date such conversion policy is ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder, including the sum of all premium payments received by the Ceding Company in respect of such conversion policy (less any return premium thereon), less (II) the sum of all Reinsured Liabilities paid by the Ceding Company under such conversion policy prior to the date such conversion policy is ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder, plus (III) interest thereon calculated at the Annual Cession Interest Rate in effect on the first Business Day of the Accounting Period in which such conversion policy was issued from 15^th day of the second month of such the Accounting Period to December 31 of the year of such issuance. The payments required by this Section 2.1(i) shall be made by the Ceding Company as soon as practicable after January 1 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which any such contract or policy was issued and the Ceding Company has determined that such contract or policy has become a Covered Insurance Policy hereunder.

Section 2.2 Existing Reinsurance.

(a) This Agreement is written on a “net” basis such that (i) amounts payable to the Reinsurer hereunder shall be adjusted to take into account amounts paid by the Ceding Company under Existing Reinsurance Agreements and (ii) amounts due from the Reinsurer hereunder shall be adjusted to take into

account amounts recoverable by the Ceding Company under the Existing Reinsurance Agreements, in the case of each of (i) and (ii), in respect of the Covered Insurance Policies. All amounts recoverable by the Ceding Company under the Existing Reinsurance Agreements for periods (or portions of periods) prior to, on or after the Effective Time shall inure to the benefit of the Reinsurer. The Ceding Company shall bear the risk of non-collection of amounts due in respect of the Covered Insurance Policies under the Existing Reinsurance Agreements.

(b) The Ceding Company shall be responsible for administration of the Existing Reinsurance Agreements. However, the Ceding Company shall (i) except with respect to changes resulting from the resolution of disputes contemplated in Section 2.2(d), consult with and obtain prior written consent of the Reinsurer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed with respect to Existing Reinsurance Agreements that cover both Covered Insurance Policies and other policies of the Ceding Company that are not reinsured hereunder, (x) for any pricing rate changes or cost of insurance changes under any such Existing Reinsurance Agreements initiated or agreed by Ceding Company or (y) to terminate or replace any Existing Reinsurance Agreements, and (ii) provide prior written notice to the Reinsurer of the initiation or resolution of any disputes with reinsurers thereunder.

(c) To the extent Existing Reinsurance covers only Covered Insurance Policies, the Reinsurer may make recommendations consistent with the rights of the Ceding Company under such agreements and the Ceding Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect such rights.

(d) [***].

Section 2.3 Insurance Contract Changes.

(a) Except as permitted in Section 2.3(b), the Ceding Company shall not voluntarily make or agree to any change to the terms or conditions of, any Covered Insurance Policy for any reason without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer (other than (i) any Excluded NGE Change or any other change in Non-Guaranteed Elements, which are subject to Section 2.5 and shall not be governed by or subject to this Section 2.3, (ii) changes that are initiated by policyowners under the terms of a Covered Insurance Policy, (iii) changes required by Applicable Law, a Governmental Authority or any Existing Reinsurance Agreement, and (iv) changes resulting from exigent circumstances that require immediate action and affect the Covered Insurance Policies due to situations including natural or manmade disaster, pandemic, governmental actions or economic circumstances, which exigent circumstances may or may not be dictated by Applicable Law; provided that such changes are (x) made to address the circumstances, (y) consistent with actions taken and changes made by the Ceding Company or its Affiliates to similar policies issued by the Ceding Company or such Affiliate that are not Covered Insurance Policies, if any, in response to the relevant situation and (z) consistent with actions taken and changes made by similarly situated insurers or financial institutions not Affiliated with the Ceding Company to similar types of insurance policies as the affected Covered Insurance Policies in response to the relevant situation (“Exigent Circumstances”, and each of the items listed in (ii), (iii) and (iv), are referred to herein as an “Excluded Policy Change”)).

(b) The Reinsurer will provide written notification to the Ceding Company as to the Reinsurer’s acceptance or rejection of any change requiring its consent within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt of notice of such change. If the Reinsurer accepts such change, the Reinsurer will share in the Quota Share of any increase or decrease in the liability of the Ceding Company on such Covered Insurance Policy. If the Reinsurer rejects any such change and determines that it would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Reinsurer’s liability under this Agreement (i) the Reinsurer shall notify the Ceding Company of such determination and (ii) if the Ceding Company nevertheless elects to make such change, the Ceding Company will work together in good faith with the

Reinsurer to put the Reinsurer in substantially the same economic position as it would have been in if such change had not occurred. In the event that the Parties, acting in good faith, are unable to agree upon the existence or amount of such material adverse effect or how to put the Reinsurer in substantially the same economic position, such dispute shall be referred to an Independent Actuary to determine whether such a material adverse effect has occurred and, if so, an appropriate remedy. Both Parties will promptly supply the Independent Actuary with the necessary data to perform its analysis, subject to such actuary’s entry into a customary non-disclosure agreement. The Independent Actuary’s written decision as to the existence of a material adverse effect and the amount thereof and/or of how to put the Reinsurer in substantially the same economic position will be binding on the Parties. The fees and expenses of the Independent Actuary will be borne equally by the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer; provided, that if the Independent Actuary determines that there will not be a material adverse effect, the Reinsurer will pay or promptly reimburse the Ceding Company for all fees and expenses of the Independent Actuary. The Reinsurer shall be deemed to have consented to such change if it fails to act in accordance with this Section 2.3(b) within fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt of written notice of such change.

(c) Excluded Policy Changes shall be automatically binding on the Reinsurer. Within a reasonable period of time prior to effecting any Excluded Policy Change, the Ceding Company shall provide reasonably detailed notice to the Reinsurer describing the nature of such change and the reasons for making such change. Within five (5) Business Days following the Reinsurer’s receipt of notice of any (i) change made due to Exigent Circumstances, or (ii) change required by Applicable Law, a Governmental Authority or any Existing Reinsurance Agreement pursuant to Section 2.3(a)(iii), the Reinsurer shall provide written notice to the Ceding Company of any disagreement that such change was an Excluded Policy Change. If the Reinsurer fails to provide such notice to the Ceding Company within such time period, the Reinsurer shall be deemed to have accepted such change. Should the Reinsurer provide timely notice of disagreement, during the five (5) Business Days immediately following the delivery of such notice, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer will seek in good faith to resolve any disputes as to the proposed change. In the event the Parties cannot resolve such dispute within such period, either Party may elect to refer the dispute for arbitration pursuant to Section 10.3(b). In the event of any such proceeding, the arbitration panel shall only be authorized to determine whether the disputed change is an Excluded Policy Change. If the resolution of the dispute results in a determination that the change was not an Excluded Policy Change, the Parties will use the mechanism set forth in Section 2.3(b) to value the impact of the change.

(d) Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, the Ceding Company shall not voluntarily terminate, or waive any material provisions of, the Covered Insurance Policies, except (i) in the ordinary course of business, (ii) as required by Applicable Law or a Governmental Authority or (iii) with the Reinsurer’s prior consent which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Section 2.4 Follow the Fortunes; Follow the Settlements; Contested Claims.

(a) The Reinsurer’s liability under this Agreement shall attach simultaneously with that of the Ceding Company under the Covered Insurance Policies and shall be subject in all respects to the same risks, terms, rates, conditions, interpretations, assessments, waivers, modifications, alterations, cancellations and proportion of Premiums paid without any deductions as the respective insurances (or reinsurances) of the Ceding Company, the true intent of this Agreement being that the Reinsurer shall, subject to the terms, conditions, and limits of this Agreement, follow the fortunes of the Ceding Company under the Covered Insurance Policies and with respect to the Reinsured Liabilities. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any Administrative Services Agreement, the Ceding Company alone and in its full discretion, as applicable, shall adjust, settle or compromise all claims and losses and shall commence, continue, defend, compromise, settle or withdraw from actions, suits or proceedings, and

generally do all such matters and things relating to the validity and lapse or in-force status of any Covered Insurance Policy, any claim or loss as in its judgment may be beneficial or expedient. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Ceding Company may exercise such discretion itself or through any Subcontractor. All of the Ceding Company’s liability as determined by a court or arbitration panel or arising from a judgment, settlement, compromise or adjustment of claims or losses under the Reinsured Liabilities, including payments involving coverage issues and/or the resolution of whether such claim is required by law, regulation, or regulatory authority to be covered (or not to be excluded), shall, subject to the terms, conditions and limits of this Agreement, be binding on the Reinsurer regardless of whether such court or arbitration determination, judgment, settlement, compromise or adjustment is in respect of a liability recognized by or contrary to the governing law of this Agreement. Such court or arbitration determination, settlement, compromise or adjustment shall be considered a satisfactory proof of loss.

(b) While the Ceding Company retains ultimate decision-making authority for the handling of all claims and losses and any disposition thereof in respect of the Self-Administered Policies, from and after the Amendment Date, the Ceding Company shall consult with the Reinsurer in good faith before (i) making a single claims payment in respect of a Self-Administered Policy in excess of $3.5 million; (ii) making a claims payment on a Self-Administered Policy that is a life insurance policy during any applicable contestability period; (iii) establishing a claims reserve with respect to a single Self- Administered Policy in excess of $3.5 million; or (iv) denying a claim in respect of a Self-Administered Policy in excess of $1 million (any claims listed in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), a “Consultation Claim”); provided, however, that such consultation rights shall (x) not apply to Self-Administered Policies that as of the Amendment Date are in pay-out status and (y) be limited to the extent that any Non-Transitioned TPAs have authority to take any of the foregoing actions on behalf of the Ceding Company without prior notice to, or consultation with, the Ceding Company. The Reinsurer shall honor the Ceding Company’s calculations of Reinsured Liabilities related to such Consultation Claims and shall settle in the ordinary course the Reinsured Liabilities as so calculated; provided, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.4, the Reinsurer shall then have the right to notice a dispute subject to Section 10.3 hereof, to be resolved in accordance with Section 10.3 and the following framework:

(i) The Reinsurer shall bear the burden of proof to establish such settlement was not reasonable. When determining the reasonableness of the Ceding Company’s settlements in any such arbitration, the panel shall consider whether the settlement would have been different had this Agreement not been entered into.

(ii) If the panel determines the Ceding Company’s settlement would have been different in the absence of this Agreement being in effect, the panel shall award the Reinsurer all monetary damages, if any, to put the Reinsurer in substantially the same position had the Ceding Company’s settlements been made without regard to the existence of this Agreement. The panel shall determine the corresponding adjustments to the calculation of Reinsured Liabilities in this regard.

(iii) The panel shall not award any damages, other than legal fees and costs, to compensate the Reinsurer for the failure of the Ceding Company to act in good faith.

(iv) The remedies set forth in this Section 2.4(b) are the Reinsurer’s exclusive remedies in respect of Consultation Claims.

(v) If any Party’s position in the arbitration is determined not to have been taken or maintained in good faith and not consistent with the mutual intent of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement, the panel shall have the power to award attorneys’ fees and costs to the other Party, which shall be at the losing Party’s own expense.

For the avoidance of doubt, except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, including this Section 2.4(b) in respect of Consultation Claims, nothing herein shall deprive or otherwise limit the dispute rights of the Reinsurer with respect to any other matter set forth herein.

(c) From and after the Amendment Date, the Ceding Company will, as promptly as practicable, notify the Reinsurer of the Ceding Company’s intention to contest, arbitrate, dispute or litigate (any such action, a “Contest”) any claim for benefits under a Self-Administered Policy (any such claim, a “Contested Claim”), and, if requested by the Reinsurer, will promptly share information pertaining thereto; provided, however, that claims denials and administrative actions in the normal course of administration and litigation initiated by a policyholder or beneficiary after such a denial or action, shall not constitute “Contested Claims”. To the extent the Reinsurer accepts participation (pursuant to the provisions below), the Ceding Company will consult with the Reinsurer with respect of such Contest. Once notified, the Reinsurer will promptly notify the Ceding Company in writing of its decision concerning participation in the Contest; provided, that if the Reinsurer has not responded in writing either way to the Ceding Company within ten (10) Business Days following its receipt of such notice from the Ceding Company, the Reinsurer shall be deemed to have accepted participation in such Contest. If the Reinsurer provides written notice within ten (10) Business Days following its receipt of such notice from the Ceding Company that it has elected not to participate, the Reinsurer shall promptly pay the applicable amount in full as contemplated in clause (c)(i) below. For the avoidance of doubt, the Reinsurer shall be deemed to have accepted participation in any Contest in respect of an Administered Policy. In addition, the Reinsurer shall be deemed to have accepted participation in any Contest in respect of a Covered Insurance Policy initiated by or on behalf of the Ceding Company prior to the Amendment Date, and the Reinsurer hereby waives any requirement of the Ceding Company to provide notice to, or consultation with, the Reinsurer with respect to any such Contest prior to the Amendment Date, including all contests and disputes set forth on Schedule 2.4. Whether the Reinsurer accepts participation in any Contest or not, the Reinsurer will cooperate and will encourage any Reinsurer Appointed Administrator to cooperate with the Ceding Company with respect to the handling of such Contest, including, by way of example, making individuals available as needed for depositions and providing information necessary to appropriately manage any Contest.

(i) If the Reinsurer does not accept participation, it will fulfil its obligation for such Contested Claim by paying the Ceding Company its Quota Share of (A) all amounts specified in clause (x) of the definition of “Reinsured Liabilities” that are alleged to be due under the Self- Administered Policy in such Contested Claim; (B) the costs and expenses specified in clause (y) of the definition of “Reinsured Liabilities” relating to the Self-Administered Policy that is the subject of such Contested Claim to the extent such costs and expenses were incurred prior to the Ceding Company’s receipt of the Reinsurer’s notice that it will not so participate; and (C) as specified in clause (z) of the definition of “Reinsured Liabilities,” all Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations that relate to such Contested Claim but do not arise out of or resulting from such Contest. Such payment will fully and completely satisfy all of the Reinsurer’s obligations in regards to such Contested Claim, and the Reinsurer shall not share in any reduction in the Reinsured Liabilities arising from such Contest, nor in any costs or expenses awarded or recouped by the Ceding Company in connection with such Contest. For the avoidance of doubt, the Reinsurer shall not be responsible for any Extra-Contractual Obligations arising out of or resulting from any Contest that the Reinsurer does not accept participation in (including deemed acceptance) hereunder.

(ii) If the Reinsurer accepts participation in the Contest (including deemed acceptance pursuant to Section 2.4(c)), the Reinsurer will share, in proportion to its Quota Share: (x) in any Extra-Contractual Obligations arising out of or resulting from the Ceding Company’s Contest, including any compromise or settlement resulting from such Contest; (y) all Reinsured

Liabilities and (z) all additional costs and expenses specified in clause (y) of the definition of “Reinsured Liabilities” that arise out of or result from such Contest. Furthermore, if the Ceding Company’s Contest results in a reduction in the Ceding Company’s contractual liability, the Reinsurer will share in any such reduction in the Reinsured Liabilities in proportion to its Quota Share. To the extent the Ceding Company is awarded or recoups its costs and expenses resulting from such Contest, the Ceding Company will pay the Reinsurer the Quota Share of the amount awarded or recouped (net of costs and expenses incurred by the Ceding Company in obtaining such award or recoupment that are not so awarded or recouped). The Ceding Company will promptly advise the Reinsurer of all significant developments, including notice of legal proceedings (including consumer complaints or actions by Governmental Authorities) initiated in connection therewith.

(iii) Any failure of the Ceding Company to timely notify the Reinsurer of the Ceding Company’s intention to Contest a claim for benefits under a Self-Administered Policy pursuant to Section 2.4(c) shall not limit the Reinsurer’s obligations or liabilities under this Agreement for Extra-Contractual Obligations; provided that notice of such Contest is given to the Reinsurer as soon as practicable after the Ceding Company discovers or is made aware of such failure and provided further that the Reinsurer was not materially prejudiced by such late notice. In the event that (A) the Reinsurer was materially prejudiced by a late delivered notice under this clause (iii), or (B) notice of such Contest was not given to the Reinsurer as soon as practicable after the Ceding Company discovers or is made aware of such failure, and following notice of such Contest, the Reinsurer timely elects not to participate in such Contest, the Reinsurer shall not share in any Extra-Contractual Obligations that arise out of or result from such Contest and, with respect to the costs and expenses described in clause (y) of the definition of “Reinsured Liabilities”, shall only share in fifty percent (50%) of such costs and expenses relating to the Self- Administered Policy that is the subject of such Contested Claim that were incurred prior to the Ceding Company’s receipt of the Reinsurer’s notice that it will not so participate.

Section 2.5 Non-Guaranteed Elements.

(a) The Reinsurer acknowledges that the Ceding Company shall have the ultimate authority to establish and control (i) the non-guaranteed elements of the Covered Insurance Policies, including (A) the initial and renewal crediting rates, (B) Premiums following the expiration of the period during which Premium amounts for the applicable Covered Insurance Policies are fixed and constant (i.e., rate guarantee periods), (C) insurance charges, (D) loads and expense charges, (E) mortality and expense charges, (F) administrative expense risk charges, (G) policyholder dividends, (H) Policy Loan rates, (I) index cap and (J) participation rates and (ii) in respect of the Surplus Participation Payments, (A) the average payout timing of such payments and (B) the surplus tally calculation of such payments (each of such items, a “Non-Guaranteed Element”); provided, however, that the Ceding Company shall manage all Non-Guaranteed Elements in a manner consistent with the practices and procedures applied by the Ceding Company for its similar businesses and in accordance with Applicable Law. The Ceding Company agrees that, from and after the Amendment Date, it shall take into account the recommendations of the Reinsurer regarding the Non-Guaranteed Elements (whether in response to a change proposed by the Ceding Company or at the initiative of the Reinsurer), and, to the extent such recommendations comply with Applicable Law, the terms of this Agreement, the applicable Covered Insurance Policies and generally accepted actuarial standards of practice, the Ceding Company shall not unreasonably reject such recommendations. Each time the Ceding Company elects to change any Non-Guaranteed Elements, other than (1) any change in initial or renewal crediting rates, Policy Loan rates, index cap or participation rates, any other similar change or any change required by any Applicable Law or Governmental Authority or (2) any change in term Premiums charged in respect of term Covered Insurance Policies that have reached the end of the level-term period (each of the items listed (1) or (2), a an “Excluded NGE

Change”), the Ceding Company shall notify the Reinsurer in writing of such change to any Non- Guaranteed Elements as soon as practicable but in no case later than forty-five (45) calendar days after the effective date of such change; provided, however, that, in the case of any such change to a Non- Guaranteed Element specified in clauses (i) or (ii)(A) of the definition thereof that affects more than five percent (5%) of the Covered Insurance Policies in any Reinsured Portfolio, the Ceding Company will use its reasonable best efforts to notify the Reinsurer thirty (30) calendar days before such change takes place (each form of notice described in this sentence, an “NGE Change Notice”).

(b) If the Reinsurer reasonably determines that any such change, or the unreasonable rejection of any recommendations by the Reinsurer, to the Non-Guaranteed Elements, other than Excluded NGE Changes, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on the Reinsurer’s liability hereunder (an “NGE MAE”), the Reinsurer may so notify the Ceding Company in writing of such determination within twenty-five (25) calendar days following the Reinsurer’s receipt of notice from the Ceding Company of the change, including an NGE Change Notice. Within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of such a notice from the Reinsurer, the Ceding Company shall engage an Independent Actuary, with the selection of the Independent Actuary subject to the Reinsurer’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, to (i) determine whether the change to the Non- Guaranteed Elements will have an NGE MAE (if the existence of an NGE MAE is disputed) and (ii) if so, estimate the present value of the NGE MAE impact (if any). If the Independent Actuary determines that there will be an NGE MAE, the Ceding Company will work together in good faith with the Reinsurer to put the Reinsurer in substantially the same economic position as it would have been in if such change had not occurred. Both Parties will promptly supply the Independent Actuary with the necessary data to perform its analysis, subject to such Independent Actuary’s entry into a customary non-disclosure agreement. The Independent Actuary’s written decision as to the existence and amount of any NGE MAE will be binding on the Parties. The fees and expenses of the Independent Actuary will be borne equally by the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer; provided, that if the Independent Actuary determines there will not be any NGE MAE, the Reinsurer will pay or promptly reimburse the Ceding Company for all fees and expenses of the Independent Actuary. The Reinsurer hereby agrees that any change to a Non- Guaranteed Element that is initiated, recommended, approved or ratified by the Reinsurer, any Affiliate of the Reinsurer or a Reinsurer Appointed Administrator shall be deemed not to have a material adverse effect on the Reinsurer’s liability hereunder.

(c) Within a reasonable period of time prior to effecting any Excluded NGE Change required by Applicable Law or a Governmental Authority, the Ceding Company shall provide reasonably detailed notice to the Reinsurer describing the nature of such change and the reasons for making such change. Within five (5) Business Days following the Reinsurer’s receipt of notice of any such Excluded NGE Change, the Reinsurer shall provide written notice to the Ceding Company of any disagreement that such change is an Excluded NGE Change. If the Reinsurer fails to provide such notice to the Ceding Company within such time period, the Reinsurer shall be deemed to have accepted such change. Should the Reinsurer provide timely notice of disagreement, during the five (5) Business Days immediately following the delivery of such notice, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer will seek in good faith to resolve any disputes as to the change. In the event the Parties cannot resolve such dispute within such period, either Party may elect to refer the dispute for arbitration pursuant to Section 10.3(b). In the event of any such proceeding, the arbitration panel shall only be authorized to determine whether the disputed change is an Excluded NGE Change. If the resolution of the dispute results in a determination that the change was not an Excluded NGE Change, the Parties will use the mechanism set forth in Section 2.5(b) to value the impact of the change.

Section 2.6 Misstatement of Age, Sex or Any Other Material Fact. If the Ceding Company’s liability under any of the Covered Insurance Policies is changed because of a misstatement of age, sex or any other material fact, the Reinsurer shall: (a) assume a Quota Share of that portion of any increase in the

Ceding Company’s liability resulting from the change; and (b) receive credit for a Quota Share of that portion of any decrease in the Ceding Company’s liability resulting from the change. The reinsurance with the Reinsurer shall be restated and, as applicable, adjusted between the Parties from commencement on the basis of the adjusted amounts in the Covered Insurance Policy using Premiums and reserves at the correct age and sex or other material fact. If the Ceding Company returns Premium to the policyowner or beneficiary under a Covered Insurance Policy based on contestable misrepresentation or suicide of the insured, the Reinsurer will refund the net reinsurance Premiums received on that Covered Insurance Policy to the Ceding Company as part of the Quarterly Net Settlement Amount pursuant to Section 3.2.

Section 2.7 Programs of Internal Replacement.

(a) Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, the Ceding Company will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly, undertake, solicit, sponsor or support any exchange program in respect of the Covered Insurance Policies (an “Exchange Program”) or otherwise target in a directed, programmatic or systematic manner, the Covered Insurance Policies for replacement (a “Replacement Program”).

(b) An Exchange Program or Replacement Program shall be considered undertaken, solicited, sponsored or supported by the Ceding Company or such Affiliates if the program is initiated by the Ceding Company or any of such Affiliates and the program offers financial incentives (e.g., bonuses or commissions) for policyholders or sales representatives for the purpose of inducing the replacement of the Covered Insurance Policies. A program designed to encourage current policyholders to convert term life coverage shall not be considered to be either an Exchange Program or Replacement Program so long as such program is not specifically directed principally to policyowners of Covered Insurance Policies.

(c) The offering by the Ceding Company or any of such Affiliates to new clients and to policyholders of the Covered Insurance Policies of an insurance, annuity, or investment product that offers then-market terms that are more favorable to the policyholders of the Covered Insurance Policies in the normal course of the Ceding Company’s or such Affiliate’s business and consistent with its past practices shall not be considered to be an Exchange Program in violation of this obligation; provided, that such product is not specifically directed principally to policyowners of the Covered Insurance Policies and does not otherwise constitute a Replacement Program.

Section 2.8 Actuarial Review. The Reinsurer shall engage an independent third party actuarial firm to conduct a review (a) no less than once every thirty-six (36) months covering the Long Term Care business (as defined in Schedule 1.2 hereof) and (b) no less than every sixty (60) months covering the First Generation Universal Life and SunAmerica Life Reinsured Portfolios (each as defined in Schedule 1.2 hereof), in each case ceded by the Ceding Company hereunder, and the Reinsurer shall either pay directly, or, to the extent such review is required by a Governmental Authority, reimburse the Ceding Company for, all fees, costs and expenses of such firm. However, the Reinsurer shall obtain the prior written consent of the Ceding Company as respects the choice of such actuarial firm, as well as the lead actuarial partner working on such matter(s), prior to formalizing such engagement, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Any changes to the firm and/or lead actuarial partner shall also require the prior written consent of the Ceding Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Prior to the commencement of any such annual review, the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company shall agree on the scope of work to be performed by such third party actuarial firm; provided, that the scope of work to be performed by such third party actuarial firm must include all work reasonably necessary to satisfy the requirements of the review required pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 2.8 and all reporting requirements of the Reinsurer’s domestic regulators with respect to reserves ceded from the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer under this Agreement. Any additional work requested of such actuarial firm by the Ceding Company shall be the subject of a separate scope of work between the Ceding Company

and such firm, the costs of which shall not be borne by the Reinsurer and shall be borne by the Ceding Company at its own expense. In addition, nothing herein shall preclude the Ceding Company from seeking from such third party actuarial firm a right to consult with such firm from time to time in the course of such review and/or a right to receive, concurrent with the Reinsurer’s receipt, copies of all draft reports and material correspondence from such third party actuarial firm, and the Reinsurer shall consent to such consultation or access requested by the Ceding Company. The Reinsurer shall, and shall cause its Reinsurer Appointed Administrator(s) to, fully cooperate with any third party actuarial firm conducting any such reviews.

Section 2.9 Other Restrictions and Other Funding Obligations.

(a) From and after the Amendment Date, the Reinsurer shall u se its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an investment grade (financial strength / FSR) rating from at least one of the following nationally recognized statistical rating organizations: Moody’s Investors Service Inc., S&P Global Ratings or Fitch Ratings Inc. (an “Acceptable Rating”).

(b) [***].

(d) [***].

(e) [***]:

(i) [***]:

a. [***];

b. [***];

c. [***]; and

d. [***].

(ii) [***].

Section 2.10 Reinsurer Net Retention. At all times during the term of this Agreement, the Reinsurer, together with one or more of its Affiliates, shall retain net for its own account (and not reinsured or retroceded) at least [***]% of the Statutory Reserves ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder (as measured on the basis of SAP); provided, that the foregoing restriction shall not take into account and shall not apply to any retrocession or similar arrangement solely between the Reinsurer and any of its Affiliates.

ARTICLE III

INITIAL PAYMENTS; SETTLEMENTS;

ADMINISTRATION; REPORTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section 3.1 Initial Payments.

(a) Initial ModCo Deposit. On the Closing Date, the Ceding Company shall deposit Permitted Assets with a Statutory Book Value, as of the Closing Date, equal to $25,331,667,332 into the ModCo Account (the “Initial ModCo Deposit”).

(b) Ceding Commission. On the Closing Date, the Reinsurer shall pay to the Ceding Company a ceding commission in an amount equal to $0.

Section 3.2 Settlements.

(a) A quarterly net settlement amount (the “Quarterly Net Settlement Amount”) shall be payable under this Agreement for each Accounting Period in accordance with a settlement statement substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit B (the “Settlement Statement”), which shall reflect the following settlement:

(i) a Quota Share of all Reinsured Liabilities paid by the Ceding Company during such Accounting Period; “Reinsured Liabilities” shall mean (x) all liabilities and obligations (including death claims and other contractual benefits, such as policyholder dividends, cash surrender and withdrawal payments (net of surrender charges and fees), maturities, disability payments and income payments, endowments and interest owed under Applicable Law or the terms of the policy on policy claims) of the Ceding Company under the express terms and conditions of the Covered Insurance Policies (whether paid to a beneficiary or escheated), plus (y) all obligations of the Ceding Company for loss adjustment expenses in respect of the Covered Insurance Policies, including legal fees, court costs, pre-and post-judgment interest, and including costs and expense incurred in connection with interpleader and declaratory judgment actions and responding to subpoenas, as well as charges and expenses contractually incurred through the use of the Ceding Company’s Affiliated claims services or technical services companies providing such contest, compromise or litigation service on the Covered Insurance Policies (but excluding any part of the general office expenses and overhead of the Ceding Company), in each case, net of any such liabilities paid by the Ceding Company that are recoverable by the Ceding Company under the Existing Reinsurance Agreements, plus (z) all Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations, minus

(ii) a Quota Share of “Premiums” for such Accounting Period, which shall equal (w) the gross premiums and other amounts, payments, collections, considerations, recoveries, policy fees, deposits and similar receipts received by or on behalf of the Ceding Company in respect of the Covered Insurance Policies (other than Interest Earned on Policy Loans addressed below), minus (x) 100% of any premiums and other amounts paid by the Ceding Company in respect of the Existing Reinsurance Agreements for such Accounting Period, minus (y) all refunds of unearned premiums for such Accounting Period as a result of the termination of any Covered Insurance Policies, whether due to lapse or death, or arising due to the termination of this Agreement, minus (z) any Federal Excise Tax payable pursuant to Section 7.2, minus

(iii) a Quota Share of “Interest Earned on Policy Loans” for such Accounting Period, which shall equal (x) the interest collected on Policy Loans, plus (y) the increase in accrued interest on Policy Loans, minus (z) the increase in unearned loan interest on Policy Loans during such Accounting Period, or, in the alternative, any reasonable approximation method for accrued and unearned interest as agreed to by the Parties, plus

(iv) a Quota Share of Guaranty Fund Assessments for such Accounting Period paid pursuant to Section 7.5, plus

(v) the “Aggregate Expense Allowance” for such Accounting Period, which shall equal the sum of the Expense Allowances for each Reinsured Portfolio included in the Covered Insurance Policies as calculated in accordance with Schedule 1.1, plus

(vi) the “Investment Expenses” for such Accounting Period, which means the sum of (x) aggregate fees, expenses and other amounts and costs Deemed Paid by the Ceding Company or any of its Affiliates or designees to any Investment Manager or any other Person relating to investment advice, investment management, hedging support, derivatives advisory services, tracking of derivatives transactions, securities lending, repurchase, reverse repurchase and similar transactions and trade processing, settlement, pricing, collateral and margin management, and other related services for such transactions, in each case, relating to the ModCo Assets or relating to the custody of any ModCo Assets, plus (y) an expense allowance for investment accounting services (including maintenance of the Reinsurer accounting basis for the ModCo Assets) provided, or caused to be provided, by the Ceding Company or its Affiliates equal to [***] basis points times the GAAP Carrying Value of the ModCo Assets as of the beginning of such Accounting Period, plus

(vii) the Quota Share of the total balance of Policy Loans outstanding as of the end of the Accounting Period minus the Quota Share of the total balance of Policy Loans outstanding as of the end of the preceding Accounting Period, plus

(viii) a Quota Share of “Surplus Participation Payments”, if any, made during such Accounting Period, which shall equal all amounts paid to policyholders of certain Covered Insurance Policies having a participating policyholder dividend feature that by statute or historic course of practice provides for participation rights in a separately tracked surplus tally calculation attributable to such block of Covered Insurance Policies; Surplus Participation Payments will be made consistent with the Ceding Company’s Description of Par Dividend Surplus Tally Spreadsheet memorandum, dated October 12, 2017, in effect on the Closing Date, attached as Exhibit F; provided, however, the average payout timing of such Surplus Participation Payments may be changed in accordance with Section 2.5).

Following the Amendment Date, the Parties shall use their reasonable best efforts to develop a mutually agreeable mechanism for separately reporting to the Reinsurer all Reinsurer Extra-Contractual Obligations and Ex Gratia Payments paid by the Ceding Company during an Accounting Period.

The Ceding Company will provide a Settlement Statement to the Reinsurer for each Accounting Period on the fifteenth (15^th) Business Day of the second calendar month following each Accounting Period (other than a calendar year-end Accounting Period) and on the first day of the third calendar month following each calendar year-end Accounting Period. The Settlement Statement shall also include the Ceding Company’s current list of Restricted Purchasers.

(b) The Quarterly Net Settlement Amount payable under this Agreement for each Accounting Period and any Terminal Accounting Period (as set forth in the Settlement Statement) shall be payable as follows:

(i) if the Quarterly Net Settlement Amount is positive, the Reinsurer shall pay such amount to the Ceding Company no later than the later of seven (7) Business Days after the receipt by the Reinsurer of the Settlement Statement or seven (7) Business Days after the due date for the Settlement Statement; and

(ii) if the Quarterly Net Settlement Amount is negative, no later than seven (7) Business Days after the due date for the Settlement Statement, the Ceding Company shall pay the absolute value of such negative amount to the Reinsurer;

provided, that any amounts payable pursuant to Sections 3.2(b)(i) and (ii) shall be adjusted (positive or negative) for any amounts transferred to or paid by or on behalf of a Party during the period between the end of the Accounting Period and the date any remittance is paid hereunder.

In lieu of cash payments in respect of the Quarterly Net Settlement Amount, the Parties may settle by means of an asset transfer. In such event: (A) if an amount is due the Ceding Company, the Reinsurer shall transfer Permitted Assets with a Fair Market Value equal to such amount and as mutually agreed upon by the Parties; or (B) if an amount is due the Reinsurer, the Ceding Company shall transfer assets with a Fair Market Value equal to such amount that are mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

Section 3.3 Aggregate Expense Allowance, Investment Expenses and Surplus Participation Payments. On a quarterly basis, the Reinsurer shall pay to the Ceding Company, each as a component of the Quarterly Net Settlement Amount, (a) the Aggregate Expense Allowance to cover the cost of providing administrative and other services necessary or appropriate in connection with the administration of the Covered Insurance Policies and the Reinsured Liabilities in an aggregate amount calculated in accordance with Schedule 1.1, (b) the Investment Expenses, and (c) a Quota Share of any Surplus Participation Payments made during the Accounting Period. Subject to the last sentence of this Section 3.3, the Parties shall cooperate in good faith to mutually agree to (i) reasonable adjustments to the Aggregate Expense Allowance or Investment Expenses for one or more Reinsured Portfolios to reflect changes in the premium tax, commissions and/or administration costs of such Reinsured Portfolios or investment expenses in respect of the ModCo Assets and (ii) make a corresponding one-time payment from one Party to the other, as applicable, in connection with any adjustment made pursuant to (i), equal to the change in the fair value of the Reinsurer’s liability for the applicable future Aggregate Expense Allowance payments or Investment Expense payments, as applicable, following implementation of such adjustment as determined in accordance with the Insurance Act, including the Insurance (Prudential Standards) (Class C, Class D and Class E Solvency Requirement) Rules 2011, utilizing a discount rate to be agreed between the Parties at the time of such payment, taking account of any flooring of the Ceding Commission at $0 as of the Effective Time (an increase in the fair value of the Aggregate Expense Allowance payments or Investment Expenses payments would result in a one-time payment to the Reinsurer, while a decrease in such fair value payments would result in a one-time payment to the Ceding Company); provided, however, that no adjustment shall be made to the Ceding Commission due to any increase or decrease in (1) the Aggregate Expense Allowance that results from any increase or decrease in fees or other amounts charged by any Reinsurer Appointed Administrator or (2) the Investment Expenses that results from any increase or decrease in fees or other amounts charged by any Investment Manager that is not affiliated with the Ceding Company and is designated by the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 4.1(d)(ii). Any such adjustments shall be effected by an amendment to this Agreement in accordance with Section 10.13 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely with respect to the adjustments made to the Aggregate Expense Allowance and Investment Expenses that become effective as of the Amendment Date, the Parties shall use the following methodology to determine the one-time payment required hereunder: the one-time payment (calculated as of the Amendment Date) shall equal the midpoint of (x) the amount of the one-time payment based on the original discount rate used to determine the Ceding Commission as of the Closing Date and (y) the amount of the one-time payment based on then-current (i.e., as of the calculation date) technical provision discount rate applied to Reinsurer’s Liabilities pursuant to the Insurance Act.

Section 3.4 Delayed Payments. If there is a delayed settlement of any Quarterly Net Settlement Amount due hereunder that is actually reflected in the related Settlement Statement, interest will accrue on such payment at a per annum rate equal to (a) the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars having a maturity of three (3) months (“LIBOR”) as of the date that such payment was due (the “Determination Date”), adjusted and compounded at each three (3)-month anniversary thereof, plus (b) 1.25% (the “Interest Rate”) until settlement is made, unless the Parties mutually agree that

interest on such delayed settlement payment shall be waived. If the Ceding Company determines in its reasonable good faith judgment on the relevant Determination Date that the LIBOR base rate has been permanently discontinued, then the Parties shall mutually agree to use as a successor base rate the alternative reference rate publicly-selected by the central bank, reserve bank, monetary authority or any similar institution (including any committee or working group thereof) that is consistent with accepted market practice on the Determination Date (the “Alternative Rate”). If the Parties use the Alternative Rate as the successor base rate pursuant to the foregoing, the Parties shall work in good faith, to the extent not provided by the terms thereof, to mutually agree upon and determine in their commercially reasonable good faith judgment the interest rate determination date and any other relevant methodology for calculating the Alternative Rate, including any adjustment factor (including any necessary spread adjustment) needed to make the Alternative Rate comparable to the LIBOR base rate, in each case in a manner that is consistent with industry-accepted practices for the Alternative Rate (including by reference to price quotations listed on futures and derivatives exchanges). For purposes of this Section 3.4, a Quarterly Net Settlement Amount will be considered overdue, and such interest will begin to accrue, on the first day immediately following the date such payment is due. For greater clarity, (i) a Quarterly Net Settlement Amount shall be deemed to be due hereunder on the last date on which such payment may be timely made under the applicable provision and (ii) interest will not accrue on any Quarterly Net Settlement Amount due the Reinsurer hereunder if the delayed settlement was caused by the Reinsurer or any Reinsurer Appointed Administrator, including delays caused by the inability to liquidate ModCo Assets in a timely manner that were chosen for withdrawal by the Reinsurer to fund amounts due to the Reinsurer hereunder. Further, no interest will accrue on the initial Quarterly Net Settlement Amount hereunder.

Section 3.5 Offset.

(a) Each Party shall have, and may exercise at any time and from time to time, the right to offset any undisputed balance or balances, due from such Party to the other Party under this Agreement, and may offset the same against any undisputed balance or balances due to the former from the latter under this Agreement. In the event of any insolvency, rehabilitation, conservatorship or comparable proceeding by or against the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer, the rights of offset and recoupment set forth in this Section 3.5 shall apply to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law. Balances will be considered “disputed” if one Party has contested the balance in writing to the other Party.

(b) This right of offset will not be diminished by any insurance business transfer pursuant to any Applicable Law similar in effect to Part VII of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, a scheme of arrangement pursuant to 895-899 of the Companies Act 2006, a company voluntary arrangement pursuant to Part I of the Insolvency Act 1986, or any provision which replaces the foregoing, or has the same effect as the foregoing in any jurisdiction, so that the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer may continue to offset against any assignee or statutory transferee amounts due under any prior or related agreement against sums claimed under this Agreement, notwithstanding any assignment of this Agreement, or any insurance business transfer including this Agreement, or any such scheme of arrangement or company voluntary arrangement affecting liabilities under it.

Section 3.6 Administration.

(a) For the period between the Closing Date and the Amendment Date, the Ceding Company and its appointed administrators and other designees shall administer the Covered Insurance Policies and perform all accounting therefor. During such period, the Ceding Company shall be permitted to assign any of its administrative functions, including claims administration, to any of its Affiliates and/or third party administrators; provided, that the Ceding Company shall remain ultimately responsible to the policyholders for such administration. Such administration shall be conducted with no less skill,

diligence and expertise as the Ceding Company applies to servicing its other business and in material conformance with the terms and conditions of the Covered Insurance Policies and all Applicable Laws; provided, further, that the performance of any material administrative services with regard to the Covered Insurance Policies by any administrator that is not an Affiliate of the Ceding Company or that is not acting as an administrator for such Covered Insurance Policy as of the Effective Time shall be subject to the advance written approval of the Reinsurer, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, delayed or denied. Without limitation of the foregoing, in undertaking the direct and reinsurance administration and claims practices relating to the Covered Insurance Policies during such period, the Ceding Company and any administrator or other designee appointed by the Ceding Company shall act in accordance and consistent with the Ceding Company’s existing administrative and claims practices in effect on the Effective Time (each, an “Existing Practice”); provided, that, to the extent the Ceding Company or any administrator proposes to modify materially an Existing Practice from time to time following the Effective Time (an Existing Practice, as proposed to be modified from time to time, a “Proposed Practice”), the Ceding Company shall (i) not, without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, delayed or denied), implement or agree to the implementation of the Proposed Practice and (ii) if the Reinsurer furnishes such written consent, act in accordance and consistent with the Proposed Practice. In the event that the Ceding Company or an administrator appointed by the Ceding Company implements a Proposed Practice during such period without obtaining the prior written consent of the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer reasonably determines that it would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Reinsurer’s liability under this Agreement (x) the Reinsurer shall notify the Ceding Company of such determination, and (y) the Ceding Company will work together in good faith with the Reinsurer to put the Reinsurer in substantially the same economic position as it would have been in if the implementation of such Proposed Practice had not occurred. If the Ceding Company outsources any material administrative services during such period, the Ceding Company shall secure the Reinsurer’s right to audit and inspect the party performing such outsourced services. Following the Amendment Date, this Section 3.6(a) shall cease to apply to the Ceding Company’s administration of the Covered Insurance Policies.

(b) Following the Amendment Date, subject to the receipt of all requisite regulatory approvals, the Parties intend to enter into the FLAS Administrative Services Agreement pursuant to which the Ceding Company would appoint FLAS to perform certain administrative services with respect to the Administered Policies described therein, other than certain administrative services that the Ceding Company agrees to continue to perform in respect of such Administered Policies (the “Retained Services”). Notwithstanding any appointment by the Ceding Company of FLAS or any replacement third party administrator to perform administrative services with respect to the Administered Policies, the Ceding Company shall remain ultimately responsible to the policyholders for such administration.

(c) For any period between the Amendment Date and the date the Parties enter into the FLAS Administrative Services Agreement (or any replacement thereof), and for any period thereafter that the FLAS Administrative Services Agreement (or any replacement thereof) is not in effect, the Ceding Company shall provide all of the administrative services in respect of the Covered Insurance Policies. For any period that the FLAS Administrative Services Agreement (or any replacement thereof) is in effect, (i) pursuant to the terms of such administrative service agreement, FLAS (or any other Reinsurer Appointed Administrator) shall perform certain administrative services with respect to the Administered Policies described therein, other than any Retained Services; and (ii) the Ceding Company shall provide all of the administrative services in respect of the Self-Administered Policies and perform the Retained Services. All services to be performed by the Ceding Company hereunder at any point in time on or after the Amendment Date (the “Administrative Services”) shall be performed in accordance with the Appendix A hereto (the “Administrative Appendix”).

(d) The Reinsurer shall be bound by all payments and settlements entered into (i) by any Reinsurer Appointed Administrator and (ii) by the Ceding Company in accordance with Section 2.4. For purposes of interpreting Sections 2.4 and 3.6, the Reinsurer shall be absolutely bound by any act or failure to act by it or any Reinsurer Appointed Administrator providing all or a portion of administrative services as respects the Covered Insurance Policies reinsured hereunder.

(e) Following the Amendment Date, in addition to entering into the FLAS Administrative Services Agreement and transitioning the administration of the Administered Policies to FLAS (which transition is governed by the terms of the Initial Purchase Agreement and shall not be subject to the requirements of this Section 3.6(e)), the Reinsurer shall have the right to recommend to the Ceding Company that the administration of all or a portion of the Administrative Services remaining with the Ceding Company be transferred to FLAS or an alternative administrator (each alternative administrator, FLAS and any replacement of any of the foregoing, a “Reinsurer Appointed Administrator”), and the Ceding Company shall not unreasonably withhold its consent as respects a transition to any such Reinsurer Appointed Administrator; provided, that (i) except as set forth below in Section 3.6(i), the Reinsurer shall bear all costs to transition any Administrative Services to such Reinsurer Appointed Administrator, as well as any damages or costs resulting from such transition, including, without limitation, any early termination fees, any increases in service fees on business remaining with the predecessor administrator to the extent such increase in service fees results from such transition, and any other costs and expenses resulting from the transition, (ii) all requisite regulatory approvals shall have been received for such Reinsurer Appointed Administrator to administer the applicable Administrative Services and (iii) the Ceding Company reserves the right to perform due diligence on any proposed Reinsurer Appointed Administrator prior to granting or withholding its consent and the Reinsurer shall give due regard to the Ceding Company’s views regarding the qualifications of any such Reinsurer Appointed Administrator; and provided, further, that any recommendation to transition Administrative Services that are being performed by any Non-Transitioned TPAs, shall be subject to the terms, conditions and limitations contained in the applicable administrative services agreements with such Non- Transitioned TPAs. Such transition may be accomplished in stages on an administration function-by- administration function basis as the Parties shall mutually agree, pursuant to a mutually acceptable administrative services agreement (or an amendment to the FLAS Administrative Services Agreement or any replacement thereof) (each such agreement, the FLAS Administrative Services Agreement and any replacement of any of the foregoing, an “Administrative Services Agreement”) having terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Ceding Company, which shall include the specific services required to be performed, the accounting and reporting requirements, the service standards, financial consideration, insurance requirements and the term and termination of the arrangement.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no act or failure to act by the Reinsurer or any Reinsurer Appointed Administrator shall be considered an act or failure to act by the Ceding Company for any purpose of this Agreement unless such act or failure to act is at the written direction or request of the Ceding Company. Without limiting the foregoing, the Ceding Company shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement as a result of any failure to perform, or inadequacy in the performance of, any obligation of the Ceding Company hereunder to the extent such performance by the Ceding Company is reasonably dependent on the performance by a Reinsurer Appointed Administrator of its obligations under any Administrative Services Agreement that has not been properly, timely and fully performed.

(g) Reinsurer shall be deemed to have knowledge of, approved, consented to, and/or ratified any act or failure to act by any Reinsurer Appointed Administrator. Any fact, circumstance or issue that is known or should reasonably be known by any Reinsurer Appointed Administrator shall be deemed known by the Reinsurer.

(h) Reinsurer shall, and shall cause any Reinsurer Appointed Administrator, to provide all data and any reports reasonably requested by Ceding Company in connection with the Administered Policies to enable Ceding Company to comply with all applicable financial, regulatory, tax and rating agency requirements, as well as all other filings required by Applicable Law or in connection with Actions or Legally Required Ceding Company Actions, subject to and in accordance with the terms of any applicable Administrative Services Agreement. Reinsurer shall, and shall cause any Reinsurer Appointed Administrator to, prepare and deliver any such data and reports on a timely basis in order for Ceding Company to manage any Actions or comply with any filing or other mandatory deadlines required by Applicable Law or Ceding Company’s internal reporting requirements.

(i) In the event that the administration of all or a portion of the Administrative Services are transferred from the Ceding Company to FLAS or an alternative administrator pursuant to Section 3.6(e) above due to a Material Ceding Company Administration Breach, the Ceding Company shall bear all costs to transition such Administrative Services to such Reinsurer Appointed Administrator, as well as any damages or costs resulting from such transition, including, without limitation, any early termination fees, any increases in service fees on business remaining with the predecessor administrator to the extent such increase in service fees results from such transition, and any other costs and expenses resulting from the transition. A “Material Ceding Company Administration Breach” shall have occurred (A) if there is any material breach by the Ceding Company in the performance of the Administrative Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement that has had, or would be reasonably expected to have, a material adverse effect on the business, reputation, relations with regulators or financial condition of the Reinsurer or its Affiliates and such breach is not cured within twenty (20) Business Days following receipt by the Ceding Company of written notice of such breach from the Reinsurer, or (B) if there is any pattern of breaches by the Ceding Company in the performance of the Administrative Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement that have caused, or would be reasonably expected to cause, material detriment to the Reinsurer, following thirty (30) Business Days written notice thereof to the Ceding Company by the Reinsurer and a one-time opportunity to cure, if such pattern of breaches is capable of being cured and material detriment to Ceding Company has not occurred. For purposes hereof, “material detriment to the Reinsurer” means (I) any remedy of specific performance, injunction, consent order or other form of equitable relief imposed on the Reinsurer that would be material to any line of business of the Reinsurer, (II) any loss by the Reinsurer of any insurance license or qualification, (III) the inability of the Reinsurer to satisfy material regulatory requirements, (IV) a determination by an applicable regulator that such activity constitutes an intentional and material violation of any material law, statute or regulation or any criminal act, or (V) any material and adverse impact on the Reinsurer’s ability to conduct its business or its relationships with regulators.

Section 3.7 Certain Reports.

(a) The Reinsurer shall provide written notice of the occurrence of any Recapture Triggering Event within five (5) Business Days after its occurrence. In addition, the Reinsurer will provide immediate written notice to the Ceding Company in the event that (i) the Reinsurer’s ECR Ratio in respect of its Long-Term Business Account, after taking account of the Long-Term Business Account Diversification Benefit, falls below [***]% or (ii) to the Reinsurer’s knowledge, the occurrence of a Recapture Triggering Event pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of such term is reasonably likely to occur. The Reinsurer shall also cooperate fully with the Ceding Company and promptly respond to the Ceding Company’s reasonable inquiries from time to time concerning whether a Recapture Triggering Event has occurred. In addition to the foregoing, the Reinsurer shall also provide written notice of any of the following occurrences within five (5) Business Days of its occurrence: (i) a direct or indirect Change of Control of the Reinsurer; (ii) the Reinsurer cedes more than fifty percent (50%) of the Statutory Reserves ceded hereunder (as measured on the basis of SAP) to a single “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the Closing Date) or (iii) the Reinsurer makes an application for any insurance business transfer pursuant to Part VII of the

Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 or a scheme of arrangement pursuant to 895-899 of the Companies Act 2006, or any provision that replaces the foregoing, or has a substantially similar effect as the foregoing in any jurisdiction, in each case of (i), (ii) and (iii), that does not constitute a Recapture Triggering Event.

(b) The Reinsurer shall provide the Ceding Company with copies of its annual and quarterly Statutory Financial Statement (or equivalent thereof required by its domiciliary jurisdiction) promptly following the filing thereof. Concurrently, the Reinsurer shall provide the Ceding Company with (i) in the case of its annual Statutory Financial Statement, the Reinsurer’s Available Statutory Economic Capital and Surplus as a percentage of its Enhanced Capital Requirement (“ECR Ratio”) as of the applicable year end, (ii) in the case of its quarterly Statutory Financial Statement, the Reinsurer’s best estimate of its ECR Ratio as of the applicable quarter end (in each case, the “ECR Reporting Deadline”) and (iii) loss recognition reports and cash flow testing reports on the Covered Insurance Policies. Without limiting the foregoing, upon the reasonable request of the Ceding Company, the Reinsurer shall also provide the Ceding Company with a report setting forth the Reinsurer’s estimate of its ECR Ratio as of any applicable month end. Each such calculation shall include (A)(I) the Reinsurer’s ECR Ratio in respect of its Long-Term Business Account both before and after taking account of the Long-Term Business Account Diversification Benefit and (II) the Reinsurer’s overall ECR Ratio both before and after taking account of the Overall Diversification Benefit; and (B) reasonable supporting detail with respect to such calculations, including Reinsurer’s economic balance sheet and any filings with the Bermuda Monetary Authority required in connection with the calculation of the Reinsurer’s Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirements. The Ceding Company shall maintain the confidentiality of each such statement or report, in each case to the extent that such statement or report is not publicly available.

(c) Except as otherwise specified in any Administrative Services Agreement, the Ceding Company shall provide the Reinsurer with the reports and data specified in Exhibit A at the times specified in Exhibit A. All reports provided by the Ceding Company pursuant to Exhibit A shall be prepared consistent with the Ceding Company’s books and records.

(d) Internal Control Support. [***]

(i) [***].

(ii) [***].

(iii) [***].

(iv) [***].

(v) [***].

Section 3.8 Books and Records.

(a) The Ceding Company shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, preserve until such date as the obligations of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer hereunder are fully and finally satisfied and two (2) years thereafter (or such other later date as may be required by Applicable Law), all Books and Records related to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. During such period, upon any reasonable request from the Reinsurer or its Representatives, the Ceding Company shall (i) provide to the Reinsurer and its Representatives reasonable access to such Books and Records during normal business hours; provided, that such access shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the

business of the Ceding Company, and (ii) permit the Reinsurer and its Representatives to make copies of any such Books and Records, in each case, at no cost to the Reinsurer or its Representatives (other than reasonable out-of-pocket expenses). Such Books and Records may be sought under this Section 3.8 by the Reinsurer for any reasonable purpose, including to the extent reasonably required in connection with accounting, litigation, securities law disclosure, external or internal audits, or other similar purpose.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.8(a), the Ceding Company reserves the right to withhold any Books and Records from the Reinsurer that, in the Ceding Company’s judgment, are protected from discovery by any applicable privilege and/or immunity, including the attorney-client privilege and/or work product doctrines, and will notify the Reinsurer in the event any such documents are withheld. In the event that the Ceding Company withholds such privileged materials, it shall take steps as reasonably necessary to attempt to provide the Reinsurer with the information it requested without jeopardizing the privileged nature of the material withheld. However, in no event shall the Reinsurer have access to privileged materials relating to any dispute between the Reinsurer and the Ceding Company. Further, should the Reinsurer request access to materials protected by a confidentiality or protective order, the Parties will use reasonable efforts to provide access in a manner that does not violate such order.

(c) Promptly, but no later than thirty (30) calendar days after completion of any inspection conducted by the Reinsurer, the Reinsurer shall consult with the Ceding Company with respect to any and all questions or issues raised by the inspection. If, as a result of any inspection, the Reinsurer denies or disputes coverage for any claims, the Reinsurer shall, upon the Ceding Company’s request, promptly provide the Ceding Company with a report or analysis completed by the Reinsurer or its Representatives outlining the findings of the inspection and identifying the reasons for denying or disputing such claim.

(d) The Reinsurer may request and the Ceding Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to give the Reinsurer reasonable access to any Subcontractor performing administrative services in respect of the Long Term Care Reinsured Portfolio for purposes of monitoring the performance of such Subcontractor’s administration of the Long Term Care Reinsured Portfolio, as may be further agreed by the Parties from time to time; provided, however, that the Reinsurer shall reimburse the Ceding Company for any costs and expenses billed to Ceding Company by such Subcontractor resulting from Reinsurer’s request for information to any such Subcontractor or other exercise of access as provided herein. The Reinsurer agrees and acknowledges that it has no right to, and shall not, direct the activities of any such Subcontractor. The Reinsurer shall keep the Ceding Company informed each time the Reinsurer seeks access to any such Subcontractor. To the extent any such Subcontractor seeks additional fees from the Ceding Company by virtue of the Reinsurer’s exercise of such access, the Ceding Company shall notify the Reinsurer of such request and the Parties will convene to determine how to respond to such request.

ARTICLE IV

MODCO ACCOUNT; COLLATERAL TRUST

Section 4.1 ModCo Account; Investment Guidelines.

(a) On the Closing Date, the Ceding Company (i) established one or more custodial accounts (the “ModCo Account”) and (ii) in accordance with Section 3.1(a), made the Initial ModCo Deposit. The ModCo Account and the assets maintained therein will (x) be retained, controlled, owned and maintained by the Ceding Company, (y) be used exclusively for the purposes set forth in this Agreement and (z) be maintained by the Ceding Company in one or more custodial accounts segregated and distinct from the Ceding Company’s other general account assets. Such assets shall be valued, for purposes of this Agreement, according to their Statutory Book Value. In accordance with SAP, the Ceding Company

elects to cede all realized capital gains and losses in respect of the ModCo Assets to the Reinsurer on a gross basis.

(b) The amount of the ModCo Reserves shall be determined for each Accounting Period by the Ceding Company in accordance with SAP consistently applied as of the last calendar day of such Accounting Period and shall be set forth in each applicable Settlement Statement; provided, that the Ceding Company shall not seek any permitted practices from a Governmental Authority that would have the effect of increasing the amount of ModCo Reserves required in respect of the liabilities ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder in accordance with SAP as applicable to Ceding Company without first consulting in good faith with the Reinsurer and considering any reasonable recommendations of the Reinsurer before proceeding; provided, that if the Ceding Company obtains any such permitted practice and does not accept the Reinsurer’s recommendations, and the Reinsurer determines that such permitted practice (x) is commercially unreasonable (viewed solely in the context of this Agreement and the other ModCo Reinsurance Agreements, without reference to any other business relationships the Ceding Company may have with any particular insured) and (y) has had a material adverse effect on the Reinsurer’s liability and/or overall economic position hereunder, then the Reinsurer must raise any such determination promptly to the Ceding Company. If the Ceding Company agrees, the Parties will cooperate to determine how to handle such situation in a mutually agreeable manner. If the Parties cannot so agree, then the Reinsurer may bring an arbitration proceeding pursuant to Section 10.3 hereof, with the Reinsurer bearing the burden of proof that such permitted practice was commercially unreasonable (viewed solely in the context of this Agreement and the other Modco Reinsurance Agreements, without reference to any other business relationships the Ceding Company may have with any particular insured), and caused a material adverse effect on the Reinsurer’s liability and/or overall economic position hereunder. The arbitration panel shall only be authorized to adjust the calculation of the ModCo Reserves required to be held in the ModCo Account as of any relevant date of determination to put the Reinsurer in substantially the same economic position it would have been in had the Ceding Company not obtained such permitted practice (with no other damages, including any equitable awards, being permissible).

(c) For purposes of calculating the ModCo Reserves pursuant to this Agreement, the Ceding Company shall perform such calculations in a manner materially consistent with the [***] Valuation Methodology Memorandum, from [***] to File (inclusive of the memoranda embedded therein), dated November 29, 2017, attached as Exhibit E, which sets forth the Ceding Company’s valuation methodology and basis for valuation, including valuation interest rates or assumptions, for the Covered Insurance Policies (the “Valuation Methodology”) as of the Effective Time. The Ceding Company shall not modify or change the Valuation Methodology on any of the Covered Insurance Policies without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer, unless such modifications or changes are required pursuant to SAP or otherwise under Applicable Law. In the event that the Reinsurer does not provide its consent to a modification or change requested by the Ceding Company (which change is not otherwise required by SAP or under Applicable Law, it being understood that no Reinsurer consent is required for modifications or changes required pursuant to SAP or otherwise under Applicable Law) and the Parties are unable to resolve the dispute within thirty (30) calendar days of the Ceding Company’s request for a change in the Valuation Methodology, notwithstanding Section 10.3, the Ceding Company shall engage an Independent Actuary, with the selection of the Independent Actuary subject to the Reinsurer’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, and the Independent Actuary’s written determination as to whether the Ceding Company’s proposed modification or change to the Valuation Methodology is reasonable will be binding on the Parties. Both Parties will promptly supply the Independent Actuary with the necessary data to reach its determination, subject to such Independent Actuary’s entry into a customary non-disclosure agreement. The fees and expenses of such Independent Actuary will be borne equally by the Parties; provided, that if the Independent Actuary determines that the Valuation Methodology shall be modified as proposed by the Ceding Company, the Reinsurer will pay or promptly reimburse the Ceding Company for all fees and expenses of the Independent Actuary.

(d) The ModCo Assets (other than Policy Loans) (I) will be managed and invested by the Ceding Company and/or AIG Asset Management (U.S.), LLC, as the investment manager appointed by the Ceding Company hereunder, and/or such other investment manager designated from time to time as provided below (each, an “Investment Manager”) in a manner consistent with the investment guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Investment Guidelines”), and (II) shall consist only of cash, any securities qualifying as admitted assets in the state of domicile of the Ceding Company, and any other form of security acceptable to the primary insurance regulatory authority in such state (“Permitted Assets”). Such assets will be free and clear of claims, liens and encumbrances running to the benefit of third parties other than those (x) arising in the ordinary course of investment management with respect to admitted assets, or (y) permitted in the Investment Guidelines; provided, that if a claim, lien or encumbrance arises with respect to any such asset, except as permitted under clause (x) and (y), the Ceding Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cure such claim, lien or encumbrance as promptly as practicable following its discovery thereof.

(i) The Ceding Company shall not amend, modify or otherwise change the investment guidelines pursuant to which any Investment Manager manages Permitted Assets, or, prior to the third anniversary of the Amendment Date, the terms relating to the fees and expense reimbursement payable to any such Investment Manager, without the Reinsurer’s prior written consent thereto. In addition, not less than ninety (90) calendar days prior to the effective date of any proposed amendments to the fees payable to any Investment Manager following the third anniversary of the Amendment Date, the Ceding Company shall give the Reinsurer written notice of such proposal, and the Parties shall consult in good faith with respect to such proposed amendments to such fees. If the Investment Manager resigns or is removed, or, following the third anniversary of the Amendment Date, the Reinsurer requests that the Investment Manager be replaced in accordance with the requirements of this Section 4.1(d), the Ceding Company shall appoint a replacement investment manager as directed by the Reinsurer with respect to the Permitted Assets, if such replacement investment manager is reasonably acceptable to the Ceding Company; provided, however, that no replacement investment manager shall have authority to engage in any of the following, for or in respect of, the Modco Assets: (A) derivatives, (B) foreign currency transactions (for the avoidance of doubt, not including foreign currency denominated securities), (C) Short Term Borrowing Transactions, or (D) Short Term Investments comprising reverse repurchase agreements, cash-out securities lending agreements or liquidity pools managed by the Ceding Company or any of its Affiliates.

(ii) From time to time following the third anniversary of the Amendment Date, if directed to do so by the Reinsurer, the Ceding Company shall appoint one or more additional Investment Managers reasonably acceptable to the Ceding Company with respect to the Permitted Assets; provided, however, that no additional investment manager shall have authority to engage in any of the following, for or in respect of, the Modco Assets: (A) derivatives, (B) foreign currency transactions (for the avoidance of doubt, not including foreign currency denominated securities), (C) Short Term Borrowing Transactions, or (D) Short Term Investments comprising reverse repurchase agreements, cash-out securities lending agreements or liquidity pools managed by the Ceding Company or any of its Affiliates. Not less than ninety (90) calendar days prior to the effective date of any proposed replacement or appointment of additional Investment Managers following the third anniversary of the Amendment Date, the Reinsurer shall give the Ceding Company written notice of such proposal, and the Parties shall consult in good faith with respect to such proposed replacement or additional Investment Managers. Any replacement or additional Investment Manager shall accept its appointment by entering into an investment management agreement with respect to the Permitted Assets in a form, including the terms and conditions, reasonably acceptable to the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Ceding Company shall not be responsible for any breach of

the Investment Guidelines caused by an act or omission by any Investment Manager appointed at the direction of the Reinsurer; provided, that such breach was not caused by the act, failure to act or direction of the Ceding Company. Additionally, the Ceding Company agrees to consult with the Reinsurer, in advance, regarding any proposals by its Investment Managers to appoint any subadvisers in respect of ModCo Assets that are unaffiliated with the Investment Managers.

(iii) The Ceding Company and the Reinsurer will cooperate reasonably to give effect to (and the Ceding Company will instruct its applicable Investment Manager to give effect to) any (x) proposal by the Reinsurer to transfer for Fair Market Value one or more assets between an account owned by the Reinsurer, on the one hand, and the ModCo Account, on the other hand; provided, that the Ceding Company shall have no obligation to take any action with respect to any transfer that could, as reasonably determined by the Ceding Company or its advisors, (i) cause any breach or exception to any provision of this Agreement (including the Investment Guidelines) or any Applicable Insurance Regulation, (ii) give rise to a requirement to obtain any regulatory approval or non-disapproval; or (iii) contravene any provision of Applicable Law, including the U.S. securities laws, or any rule promulgated thereunder; or (y) other commercially reasonable direction from the Reinsurer with respect to management of the ModCo Assets; provided that such direction does not violate this Agreement (including the Investment Guidelines), any Applicable Law or any law or regulation applicable to such Investment Managers or insurance company investments; provided, further, that, in the case of either of clause (x) or (y), any such direction from, or proposal by, the Reinsurer shall be given in writing, including by email, by its designated representative described below. The Reinsurer shall designate an authorized individual to provide such direction or proposal, and the Ceding Company shall designate an individual to receive any such direction or proposal and deliver such direction or proposal to the applicable Investment Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge that the Reinsurer bears the economic risk of the ModCo Assets as described in this Agreement, and agree that, other than the obligation to (A) cooperate in giving effect to any proposal in respect of a transfer and/or (B) deliver any direction to the applicable Investment Manager as contemplated above, the Ceding Company shall have no obligation, and shall incur no liability, with respect to such direction or proposal, as applicable.

(iv) Furthermore, each of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer acknowledges and agrees that any fees and expenses paid by the Ceding Company under any Capital Markets Services Agreement in respect of ModCo Assets shall constitute Investment Expenses, and that the Ceding Company shall not agree to amend any terms relating to fees and expense reimbursements payable to any Person under such Capital Markets Services Agreement in respect of ModCo Assets without the Reinsurer’s prior written consent.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer agree that the IMR is ceded to the Reinsurer. The IMR shall be calculated by the Ceding Company.

(f) Statutory Impairments.

(i) Determinations of statutory impairments of ModCo Assets which are made by the Ceding Company shall be based upon the statutory rules and guidelines and the impairment policy used by the Ceding Company for purposes of calculating statutory impairments reflected in the Ceding Company’s Statutory Financial Statements and without regard to the existence of this Agreement. Notwithstanding Section 10.3, any disagreements with respect to determinations of statutory impairments of ModCo Assets shall be subject to this Section 4.1(f). If the Ceding Company determines that any ModCo Assets have become impaired for purposes of determining Statutory Book Value and such impairments exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate as respects any

Accounting Period (a “Significant Impairment”), the Ceding Company shall notify the Reinsurer as promptly as practicable after such determination and in no event later than ten (10) Business Days following the last day of such Accounting Period. Any report notifying the Reinsurer of a Significant Impairment shall provide the CUSIP, ISIN or similar security identifier (as applicable) for the impaired ModCo Assets and describe the reason for each such impairment and the effect on Statutory Book Value of the applicable ModCo Assets. In addition, any such report shall state whether any impaired assets are held in other portfolios of the Ceding Company or any of its Affiliates and, if so, shall confirm that the Statutory Book Value treatment for each such asset is consistent across all such portfolios. Within five (5) Business Days following the Reinsurer’s receipt of written notification of a Significant Impairment, the Reinsurer shall provide written notice to the Ceding Company of its objection (the “Objection Notice”) to any such impairment determination. If the Reinsurer fails to provide such Objection Notice to the Ceding Company within such time period, the Reinsurer shall be deemed to have accepted such impairment determination. During the five (5) Business Days immediately following the delivery of an Objection Notice, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer will seek in good faith to resolve any disputes as to the determination or calculation of statutory impairments of the applicable ModCo Assets. The Parties shall use reasonable efforts and work together in good faith to resolve any such dispute prior to the date on which the Ceding Company is required to file the relevant Statutory Financial Statement with the relevant insurance regulator. If the Parties are unable to resolve any such dispute prior to the date on which the Ceding Company is required to file a Statutory Financial Statement with an applicable insurance regulator, the Ceding Company may use its own good faith calculation of the statutory impairment for purposes of preparing its Statutory Financial Statements. If the Parties are unable to resolve any such dispute prior to the date on which a quarterly settlement is due hereunder, the Parties shall use the Ceding Company’s good faith calculation of the statutory impairment for purposes of effecting such required quarterly settlement. If thereafter the dispute is ultimately decided in the Reinsurer’s favor pursuant to the arbitration process set forth in Section 4.1(f)(ii), then the necessary adjustment will be made between the Parties and reflected in the quarterly settlement for the Accounting Period in which such dispute is ultimately resolved.

(ii) In the event that the Parties cannot resolve a dispute regarding a Significant Impairment with the five (5) Business Days immediately following the delivery of an Objection Notice, at the Reinsurer’s option, the Parties may engage one or more Independent Valuation Experts (depending on whether different asset classes are implicated in the same Significant Impairment, thereby entailing different experts for valuation purposes), with the selection of such Independent Valuation Experts subject to the Reinsurer’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, to arbitrate the dispute. If the Parties cannot agree on the choice of expert, the process in Section 9.5(e) shall be followed for such selection. The Independent Valuation Experts shall evaluate which of the Parties’ two (2) determinations with respect to the Statutory Book Value of the relevant ModCo Assets (the “Disputed Assets”) is more reasonable in light of the evidence provided by both Parties in connection with their respective submissions to such Independent Valuation Experts. The Independent Valuation Experts shall select one and only one of the determinations submitted by the Parties. Both Parties will promptly supply the Independent Valuation Experts with the necessary data to perform its analysis, subject to each such expert’s entry into a customary non-disclosure agreement. Each Independent Valuation Expert’s written decision as to the more reasonable Statutory Book Value of the Disputed Assets under the circumstances will be binding on the Parties. The fees and expenses of the applicable Independent Valuation Expert will be borne by the Party that such expert decides against in its determination of the more reasonable Statutory Book Value of the Disputed Assets.

(iii) In addition to the Reinsurer’s right to pursue the process set forth in Section 4.1(f)(ii), if a Significant Impairment dispute cannot be resolved by the Parties within the five (5)-Business Day period following the delivery of an Objection Notice, the Reinsurer may elect to do either of the following:

(x) Instruct the Ceding Company to continue to hold any Disputed Assets in the ModCo Account and not to sell, or cause to be sold, any such Disputed Assets unless directed to do so by the Reinsurer (or unless the sale or other transfer thereof is necessary to satisfy a reinsured obligation in accordance with this Agreement or unless necessary to remain in compliance with Applicable Law and/or the Investment Guidelines); or

(y) To the extent such Disputed Assets are readily transferable, instruct the Ceding Company to transfer any such Disputed Assets to the Reinsurer.

(iv) For the sake of clarity, the risk of impairments is fully transferred to the Reinsurer as noted by the reference to line 34 (Net realized capital gains and losses) of the Summary of Operations of the Ceding Company’s Statutory Financial Statements as contained in the definition of ModCo Account Investment Income.

(g) In addition to the settlement of the Quarterly Net Settlement Amount for each Accounting Period, if the aggregate Statutory Book Value of the ModCo Assets as of the end of such Accounting Period (first taking into account any transfer to the Reinsurer of any Disputed Assets pursuant Section 4.1(f)(iii)(y) above and excluding the Statutory Book Value, whether positive or negative, of any derivatives held in the ModCo Account) exceeded the sum of (i) the ModCo Reserves as of the end of such Accounting Period, plus (ii) the sum of (x) the Derivative Margin Amount as of the end of such Accounting Period and (y) the Short Term Borrowing Collateral Amount as of the end of such Accounting Period, plus (iii) [***], the Ceding Company shall withdraw Permitted Assets as directed by the Reinsurer having a Statutory Book Value as of the end of such Accounting Period in an amount no greater than the lesser of (x) such excess and (y) the aggregate Statutory Book Value of Permitted Assets and shall transfer cash or other Permitted Assets to the Reinsurer equal to such withdrawn amount; provided, that the Reinsurer shall direct the Ceding Company as respects allocation between cash and Permitted Assets as well as the choice of the Permitted Assets, if any, to so withdraw and transfer; provided, further, that the aggregate Statutory Book Value of the ModCo Assets following such withdrawal shall be no less than the sum of (i) the ModCo Reserves as of the end of such Accounting Period, plus (ii) the sum of (x) the Derivative Margin Amount as of the end of such Accounting Period and (y) the Short Term Borrowing Collateral Amount as of the end of such Accounting Period, plus (iii) [***]. For the sake of clarity, the aggregate Statutory Book Value of the ModCo Assets as of the end of an Accounting Period in Sections 4.1(g) and (h) will be inclusive of any ModCo Assets held therein in respect of any ModCo Account Investment Income for such Accounting Period.

(h) In addition to the settlement of the Quarterly Net Settlement Amount for each Accounting Period, if the aggregate Statutory Book Value of ModCo Assets as of the end of such Accounting Period (first taking into account any transfer to the Reinsurer of any Disputed Assets pursuant Section 4.1(f)(iii)(y) above and excluding the Statutory Book Value, whether positive or negative, of any derivatives held in the ModCo Account) was less than the sum of (i) the ModCo Reserves as of the end of such Accounting Period, plus (ii) the sum of (x) the Derivative Margin Amount as of the end of such Accounting Period and (y) the Short Term Borrowing Collateral Amount as of the end of such Accounting Period, plus (iii) [***], the Reinsurer shall transfer to the Ceding Company for deposit into the ModCo Account cash or other Permitted Assets having an aggregate Fair Market Value or Margin Collateral Value, as applicable, as of the day of transfer sufficient to cure such shortfall. The obligation to transfer amounts for deposit into the ModCo Account as described herein shall in no manner be construed

to obligate the Ceding Company to top up the ModCo Account independently in any manner separate from amounts so paid by the Reinsurer for such purpose.

(i) In addition to the requirements in Section 4.1(h), if on any Business Day, the sum of (x) the portion of the aggregate Derivative Margin Requirement for the ModCo Account that has not yet been funded through the deposit of assets to the ModCo Account, plus (y) the portion of the aggregate Short Term Borrowing Collateral Requirement for the ModCo Account that has not yet been funded through the deposit of assets to the ModCo Account (such sum, the “Interim Required Collateral Balance”) exceeds $[***], the Reinsurer shall deposit into the ModCo Account additional ModCo Assets having an aggregate Margin Collateral Value (for the avoidance of doubt, such amount inclusive of the $[***] threshold) as of the day of transfer at least equal to such Interim Required Collateral Balance, which amount shall be deposited into the ModCo Account no later than 5:00 p.m. on the second Business Day after which written notice of such Interim Required Collateral Balance is provided by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer; provided, however, that if such notice is received by the Reinsurer later than 11:00 a.m. on any Business Day, the Reinsurer shall have until 5:00 p.m. on the third Business Day after which such notice is provided to make such deposit. In addition to the requirements in Section 4.1(g), if on any Business Day, the sum of (x) the portion of the aggregate Derivative Margin Amount for the ModCo Account in excess of the Derivative Margin Requirement, and not previously withdrawn by or transferred to Reinsurer and (y) the portion of the aggregate Short Term Collateral Amount for the ModCo Account in excess of the Short Term Borrowing Collateral Requirement and not previously withdrawn by or transferred to Reinsurer (such sum, the “Interim Return Collateral Balance”) exceeds $[***], the Ceding Company shall withdraw ModCo Assets as directed by the Reinsurer having an aggregate Statutory Book Value as of the date of transfer equal to the Interim Return Collateral Balance (for the avoidance of doubt, such amount inclusive of the $[***] threshold), which amount shall be transferred to Reinsurer no later than 5:00 p.m. on the second Business Day after written notice of such Interim Return Collateral Balance is provided by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer via the daily report referenced below; provided, however, that if such notice is received by the Reinsurer later than 11:00 a.m. on any Business Day, the Ceding Company shall have until 5:00 p.m. on the third Business Day after which such notice is provided to complete such transfer; provided, that the Reinsurer shall direct the Ceding Company as respects such allocation between cash and other ModCo Assets as well as the choice of the ModCo Assets, if any, to so withdraw and transfer; provided, further, that the aggregate Statutory Book Value of ModCo Assets in the ModCo Account following such withdrawal is no less than the sum of (i) ModCo Reserves as of the last day of the previous Accounting Period, plus (ii) the sum of (x) the Derivative Margin Amount for the ModCo Account and (y) the Short Term Borrowing Collateral Amount for the ModCo Account, with each of (x) and (y) measured as of the previous Business Day, plus (iii) [***]. On each Business Day, the Ceding Company shall provide a report to the Reinsurer stating the value of the Derivatives Margin Amount and the Short Term Borrowing Collateral Amount, each as of the previous Business Day. The obligation to deposit such cash or other ModCo Assets into the ModCo Account as described herein shall in no manner be construed to obligate the Ceding Company to top up the ModCo Account independently in any manner separate from amounts so paid by the Reinsurer for such purpose. Any amounts paid by or transferred to a Party under this Section 4.1(i) during a given Accounting Period shall be reflected in the report delivered by the Ceding Company for such Accounting Period pursuant to Section 3.2 for such Accounting Period and taken into account in determining the amounts due under Sections 4.1(g) and (h), respectively, with respect to such Accounting Period.

(j) “ModCo Account Investment Income” for an Accounting Period shall equal the sum of the net investment income calculated by the Ceding Company on the ModCo Assets during such Accounting Period in accordance with line 3 (Net Investment Income) (excluding the impact of any investment expenses, calculated in accordance with line 11 on the Exhibit of Net Investment Income from its Statutory Financial Statements), line 4 (Amortization of Interest Maintenance Reserve), line 34 (both column 1 and inset amount #1 together) (Net realized capital gains (losses), prior to reduction for taxes)

and line 38 (Change in net unrealized capital gains (losses) prior to reduction for taxes) of the Summary of Operations from its Statutory Financial Statement, earned and realized; provided, however, the ModCo Account Investment Income shall not include any Interest Earned on Policy Loans. The ModCo Account Investment Income calculation will not be reduced for any investment expenses (as the Investment Expenses are a separate allowance hereunder payable by the Reinsurer). For the sake of clarity, the Reinsurer bears full investment risk of the ModCo Assets, with no independent obligation of the Ceding Company to top up the ModCo Assets due to impairments or otherwise, with all such risk being transferred and effected in connection with the adjustments contemplated in Section 4.1(g) and (h) above.

(k) “ModCo Reserves” means, for each Accounting Period, an amount equal to 100% of the Quota Share of (a) the Statutory Reserves, plus (b) the IMR, minus (c) the result of (i) uncollected premium, plus (ii) deferred and accrued premium, minus (iii) advance premium (where (c) is calculated in accordance with Exhibit 1 of the Statutory Financial Statements), plus (d) the result of (i) resisted claims, plus (ii) pending claims, plus (iii) incurred but not reported claims (where (d) is calculated in accordance with Exhibit 8 of the Statutory Financial Statements), each as determined as of the last calendar day of the current Accounting Period in accordance with the methodologies used by the Ceding Company to calculate such amounts in accordance with SAP, and after giving effect to the credit for reinsurance taken by the Ceding Company in respect of the Covered Insurance Policies for the Existing Reinsurance Agreements (for avoidance of doubt, all accruals net of reinsurance ceded are included in these amounts, such as amounts recoverable from reinsurers and other amounts receivable under Existing Reinsurance Agreements).

(l) All deposits under Section 4.1(h) shall be made no later than ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Reinsurer of the Settlement Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, where a deposit is made pursuant to Section 4.1(h) with respect to any year end settlement, the Ceding Company may provide a projected calculation of ModCo Reserves for such year-end at any time following December 1 prior to such year end, and the Reinsurer shall transfer to the Ceding Company any collateral shortfalls reflected therein within the later of (x) ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the aforementioned report of projections and (y) the last Business Day of December of the year for which the Ceding Company is filing its Statutory Financial Statement (assuming the report on year-end collateral requirements has been reported to the Reinsurer five (5) Business Days prior to such date). Any true-ups to such amounts shall occur as part of the regular periodic settlement that follows the finalization of the Ceding Company’s annual Statutory Financial Statements.

Section 4.2 Interest on Policy Loans. Each Accounting Period and pursuant to the Settlement Statement, the Reinsurer shall participate in a Quota Share of Interest Earned on Policy Loans. Such payments will be based on the best estimate of the Ceding Company.

Section 4.3 Credit for Reinsurance for Modified Coinsurance Cession. The Ceding Company shall own the ModCo Account and the assets maintained therein, and the Reinsurer will not be required to provide reserve credit in respect of any Reinsured Liabilities ceded hereunder on a modified coinsurance basis.

Section 4.4 Collateral Trust.

(a) Within thirty (30) days following the Closing Date, the Reinsurer shall establish a collateral trust account (the “Collateral Trust Account”) with a third party trustee for the benefit of the Ceding Company pursuant to the terms of a reinsurance trust agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D (the “Collateral Trust Agreement”), with such changes thereto as may be mutually agreed by the Parties. The Reinsurer shall maintain the Collateral Trust Account with Collateral Trust Authorized Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value no less than the Collateral Trust Required Balance.

The Collateral Trust Required Balance shall be adjusted as of the end of each Accounting Period. The Collateral Trust Authorized Investments shall be valued according to their current Fair Market Value.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Ceding Company or any successor by operation of law, including any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the Ceding Company may draw upon the assets held in the Collateral Trust Account at any time, without diminution because of the insolvency of any Party only for the following purposes: (i) to reimburse the Ceding Company for the Reinsurer’s share of premiums returned to the owners of the Covered Insurance Policies on account of cancellation of such policies; (ii) to reimburse the Ceding Company for the Reinsurer’s share of surrenders and benefits or losses paid by the Ceding Company pursuant to the provisions of the Covered Insurance Policies; (iii) to pay any other amount that the Ceding Company claims is due under this Agreement; or (iv) in the event that the Ceding Company receives notice of termination of the Collateral Trust Agreement, to fund an account with the Ceding Company in an amount at least equal to the Collateral Trust Required Balance. In the event that any amount drawn by the Ceding Company is subsequently determined not to be due, the Ceding Company shall promptly return to the Reinsurer the excess amounts so drawn and, until such excess amounts are returned to the Reinsurer, such amounts, together with interest thereon accrued at the Interest Rate (or the Alternative Rate, if applicable), shall be held by the Ceding Company in trust for the complete and sole benefit of the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer shall be entitled to all rights, title and interest in said amounts.

(c) If as of the end of any Accounting Period the Fair Market Value of Collateral Trust Authorized Investments is less than the Collateral Trust Required Balance, the Reinsurer shall deposit Collateral Trust Authorized Investments into the Collateral Trust Account having an aggregate Fair Market Value sufficient to make up such difference. If as of the end of any Accounting Period the Fair Market Value of Collateral Trust Authorized Investments exceeds the Collateral Trust Required Balance, the Reinsurer may request the Ceding Company to release an amount up to such excess.

(d) The Reinsurer shall arrange for assets to be deposited into the Collateral Trust Account. Prior to depositing any assets with the trustee of such Collateral Trust Account, the Reinsurer shall execute assignments or endorsements in blank, or transfer legal title of such assets to the trustee of all shares, obligations or any other assets requiring assignment so that the Ceding Company, or the trustee upon the Ceding Company’s direction, may, whenever necessary, negotiate any such assets without the consent or signature of the Reinsurer or any other entity.

(e) Upon the Ceding Company’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, the Reinsurer may withdraw all or any of the assets held in the Collateral Trust Account and replace the withdrawn assets with other Collateral Trust Authorized Investments having a Fair Market Value at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets so withdrawn so as to maintain at all times on deposit Collateral Trust Authorized Investments in an amount at least equal to the Collateral Trust Required Balance.

(f) Notwithstanding any rule of any Applicable Law regarding the existence or non- existence of irreparable injury, the provisions of this Section 4.4 are agreed to be specifically enforceable including by motion for preliminary injunction or other provisional remedies.

ARTICLE V

COINSURANCE CESSION

Section 5.1 Coinsurance Cessions Generally. At the Effective Time, no cession shall be made hereunder on a coinsurance basis.

Section 5.2 Security Required.

(a) To the extent any cession is made hereunder on a coinsurance basis, the Reinsurer shall secure its obligations with respect to the Coinsured Liabilities by, at its option, either (i) posting a “clean”, irrevocable, unconditional and evergreen letter of credit issued by a bank acceptable to the Ceding Company in its sole discretion that meets the requirements of Applicable Law and would permit the Ceding Company full credit as admitted reinsurance of the Coinsured Liabilities (a “Letter of Credit”), (ii) establishing and funding a reinsurance trust account (the “Reinsurance Trust Account”) for the benefit of the Ceding Company, which Reinsurance Trust Account shall consist only of cash (United States legal tender), certificates of deposit (issued by a United States bank and payable in United States legal tender) and/or investments of the types permitted by Article 3.10, § (d), or Article 5.75-1, § (d) of the Texas Insurance Code and permitted by investment guidelines mutually agreed between the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer, provided, that such investments are issued by an institution that is not the parent, Subsidiary or other Affiliate of either the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer (“Authorized Investments”), deposited pursuant to a trust agreement in form and substance, and with a third party trustee, in each case satisfactory to the Ceding Company in its sole discretion that, at all times, meets the requirements of any Applicable Law, and that would permit the Ceding Company full credit as admitted reinsurance of the Coinsured Liabilities, or (iii) a combination of both a Letter of Credit and Reinsurance Trust Account. Assets deposited into the Reinsurance Trust Account shall be valued according to their current Fair Market Value.

(b) The Reinsurer shall maintain the face amount of the Letter of Credit plus the Fair Market Value of Reinsurance Trust Account Authorized Investments (“Collateral Value”) at an amount no less than the then-applicable Required Balance. The Required Balance shall be adjusted as of the end of each Accounting Period. “Required Balance” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, an amount equal to the Coinsured Liabilities as of the end of the most recent Accounting Period plus, to the extent required, any additional amount necessary to provide the Ceding Company full credit for reinsurance for the Coinsured Liabilities under Applicable Law.

(c) If at any time the Collateral Value is less than the Required Balance, the Reinsurer shall, at its option, either (i) deposit Authorized Investments into the Reinsurance Trust Account having an aggregate Fair Market Value sufficient to make up such difference, (ii) secure delivery to the Ceding Company of an amendment to the existing Letter of Credit or a new Letter of Credit with a face amount sufficient to make up such difference or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii).

(d) If, following the date on which payment of the applicable Quarterly Net Settlement Amount is paid, the Collateral Value exceeds the Required Balance as of the end of the immediately prior Accounting Period, the Reinsurer may request, at its option, the Ceding Company to release excess credit (whether in the form of a downward adjustment in the Letter of Credit and/or a release of assets in the Reinsurance Trust Account) in an amount no greater than the excess of the Collateral Value over the Required Balance. The Ceding Company shall cooperate in such regard; provided, that, following such reduction and/or withdrawal, the Required Balance does not exceed the Collateral Value and the Reinsurance Trust Account Authorized Investments is at least equal to 102% of the Reinsurance Trust Account Required Balance.

Section 5.3 Reinsurance Trust Account.

(a) For so long as all or some portion of the reinsurance of the Coinsured Liabilities is secured through the use of the Reinsurance Trust Account, the Reinsurer shall maintain in such Reinsurance Trust Account Authorized Investments having, with respect to any date of determination, a Fair Market Value equal to (i) the Required Balance as of such date of determination, minus (ii) the face

amount of the Letter of Credit, if any, as of such date of determination (the “Reinsurance Trust Account Required Balance”). As promptly as practicable following the date on which payment of the applicable Quarterly Net Settlement Amount is due, the Reinsurer shall prepare and deliver to the Ceding Company a statement (the “Reinsurance Trust Account Statement”) setting forth: (x) the Reinsurance Trust Account Required Balance with respect to such Accounting Period and (y) the Fair Market Value of the assets held in the Reinsurance Trust Account as of the end of such Accounting Period.

(b) The Reinsurer shall arrange for assets to be deposited into the Reinsurance Trust Account. Prior to depositing any assets with the trustee of such Reinsurance Trust Account, the Reinsurer shall execute assignments or endorsements in blank, or transfer legal title to the trustee of all shares, obligations or any other assets requiring assignment so that the Ceding Company, or the trustee upon the Ceding Company’s direction, may, whenever necessary, negotiate any such assets without the consent or signature of the Reinsurer or any other entity. Notwithstanding the composition of assets in the Reinsurance Trust Account, all settlements with respect to the Reinsurance Trust Account between the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer shall be in cash or its equivalent.

(c) Upon the Ceding Company’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, the Reinsurer may withdraw all or any of the assets held in the Reinsurance Trust Account and replace the withdrawn assets with other Authorized Investments having a Fair Market Value at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets so withdrawn so as to maintain at all times on deposit Authorized Investments in an amount at least equal to the Reinsurance Trust Account Required Balance.

Section 5.4 Additional Withdrawals. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Ceding Company or any successor by operation of law, including any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the Ceding Company may draw upon the Letter of Credit or the assets held in the Reinsurance Trust Account at any time, without diminution because of the insolvency of any Party only for the following purposes: (a) to reimburse the Ceding Company for the Reinsurer’s share of premiums returned to the owners of the Covered Insurance Policies on account of cancellation of such policies; (b) to reimburse the Ceding Company for the Reinsurer’s share of surrenders and benefits or losses paid by the Ceding Company pursuant to the provisions of the Covered Insurance Policies; (c) to pay any other amount that the Ceding Company claims is due under this Agreement; or (d) in the event that the Ceding Company receives notice of nonrenewal of any Letter of Credit or termination of any trust agreement to fund an account with the Ceding Company in an amount at least equal to the Required Balance. In the event that any amount drawn by the Ceding Company is subsequently determined not to be due, the Ceding Company shall promptly return to the Reinsurer the excess amounts so drawn and, until such excess amounts are returned to the Reinsurer, such amounts, together with interest thereon accrued at the Interest Rate (or the Alternative Rate, if applicable), shall be held by the Ceding Company in trust for the complete and sole benefit of the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer shall be entitled to all rights, title and interest in said amounts.

Section 5.5 General.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Reinsurer agrees to take other commercially reasonable actions that are necessary to allow the Ceding Company to receive full credit as admitted reinsurance under any Applicable Law for the reinsurance of the Coinsured Liabilities. In the event that the Reinsurer at any time fails to meet its security obligations as set forth in this Article V, the Ceding Company shall be entitled to hold back, as funds withheld, any amounts otherwise due to the Reinsurer under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer.

(b) The Ceding Company may, at its discretion, require payment of any sum in default instead of resorting to any security held, and it shall be no defense to any such claim that the Ceding Company might have had recourse to any such security.

(c) Notwithstanding any rule of any Applicable Law regarding the existence or non-existence of irreparable injury, the provisions of this Article V are agreed to be specifically enforceable including by motion for preliminary injunction or other provisional remedies.

(d) For purposes of this Article V, “any Applicable Law” shall include but not be limited to all laws and regulations affecting the ability of the Ceding Company to take credit for reinsurance, including all such laws and regulations applicable to foreign branches of the Ceding Company.

ARTICLE VI

OVERSIGHTS; COOPERATION

Section 6.1 Oversights. Any unintentional or inadvertent delay, omission or error made in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either Party from any Liability that would attach to it hereunder if such delay, omission or error had not been made; provided, that such delay, omission or error is rectified upon discovery. If (a) the failure of either Party to comply with any provision of this Agreement is unintentional or the result of a misunderstanding or oversight and

(b) such failure to comply is promptly rectified, both Parties shall be restored as closely as possible to the positions they would have occupied if no error or oversight had occurred.

Section 6.2 Cooperation. Each Party shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

TAX; GUARANTY FUND ASSESSMENTS

Section 7.1 DAC Tax Election. The Parties shall make the election provided in Section 1.848-2(g)(8) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 848 of the Code. The specifics of this election are as follows:

(a) The Ceding Company and the Reinsurer shall make the following election pursuant to Section 1.848-2(g)(8) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 848 of the Code. This election shall be effective for the first year in which this Agreement is effective and for all subsequent taxable years for which this Agreement remains in effect. Each Party shall make the election by timely attaching to its Tax Returns the schedule required by Section 1.848-2(g)(8)(ii) of such Treasury Regulation identifying this Agreement as one for which such election has been made.

(b) The terms used in this Article VII, and not otherwise defined in this Agreement, are defined by reference to Treasury Regulation Section 1.848-2 in effect on the date this Agreement is executed.

(c) The Party with the net positive consideration for this Agreement for each taxable year shall capitalize specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1).

(d) Both Parties shall exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement each year to ensure consistency or as otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Service.

(e) The Ceding Company shall submit a schedule to the Reinsurer by May 1 of each year of its calculation of the net consideration for the preceding calendar year. This schedule of calculations shall be accompanied by a statement signed by an officer of the Ceding Company stating that the Ceding Company shall report such net consideration in its Tax Return for the preceding calendar year.

(f) The Reinsurer may contest such calculation by providing an alternative calculation to the Ceding Company in writing within thirty (30) calendar days of Reinsurer’s receipt of the Ceding Company’s calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Ceding Company, the Reinsurer shall report the net consideration as determined by the Ceding Company in the Reinsurer’s Tax Return for the previous calendar year.

(g) If the Reinsurer contests the Ceding Company’s calculation of the net consideration, the Parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount within thirty (30) calendar days of the date the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer reach agreement on an amount of net consideration, each Party shall report such amount in their respective Tax Returns for the previous calendar year. If the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer do not reach agreement on the calculation of net consideration with such thirty (30) calendar day period, then the net consideration for the preceding calendar year shall be determined by an independent accounting firm, selected by the Ceding Company and reasonably acceptable to the Reinsurer, within twenty (20) calendar days after the expiration of such thirty (30) calendar day period. All fees and expenses relating to the work performed by the independent accounting firm shall be shared equally between the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer.

Section 7.2 Federal Excise Tax. The Reinsurer will allow for the purpose of paying federal excise tax (“Federal Excise Tax”) the applicable percentage of Premiums payable hereunder to the extent such Premiums are subject to Federal Excise Tax and will, in all cases, indemnify the Ceding Company for any Federal Excise Tax liability with respect to the Premiums payable hereunder.

Section 7.3 FATCA. The Reinsurer shall provide to the Ceding Company, on or before the Closing Date, documentation on forms approved by the United States Internal Revenue Service establishing an exemption from withholding of Premium payable hereunder in accordance with the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), and the Reinsurer shall provide or otherwise make available updated documentation upon the Ceding Company’s request therefor. In the event that the Reinsurer fails to do so or ceases to be exempt from withholding in accordance with FATCA, the Ceding Company shall withhold the applicable percentage of Premium payable hereunder, and the Reinsurer shall allow such withholding. Interest shall not be payable on any amounts withheld in accordance with this paragraph, nor shall any such amounts be subject to offset.

Section 7.4 Premium Tax. The Parties agree that the Ceding Company shall be compensated for a Quota Share of any Tax imposed on Premiums (“Premium Tax”) through the Aggregate Expense Allowance mechanism set forth in Schedule 1.1.

Section 7.5 Guaranty Fund Assessments. The Reinsurer shall reimburse the Ceding Company for a Quota Share of any guaranty fund assessments paid by the Ceding Company with respect to any Covered Insurance Policy (the “Guaranty Fund Assessments”) in accordance with Section 3.2. Any Guaranty Fund Assessments paid by the Ceding Company shall be reflected in the Settlement Statement for the applicable Accounting Period. To the extent there is any recovery of Guaranty Fund Assessments paid by the Reinsurer, the Ceding Company shall promptly pay the Quota Share of such recovery to the Reinsurer.

Section 7.6 BEAT Tax.

(a) During the term of this Agreement, the Reinsurer will not seek to withdraw its 953(d) Election unless (i) the Reinsurer delivers to the Ceding Company a tax opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel, which opinion is reasonably acceptable to the Ceding Company, to the effect that either, (A) the Reinsurer should remain a U.S. Person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code following such withdrawal, or (B) assuming the Reinsurer were no longer treated as a U.S. Person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code following such withdrawal, the Reinsurer should not be treated as a “related person” within the meaning of Section 59A(g) of the Code with respect to the Ceding Company or (ii) the Ceding Company consents to such withdrawal, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

(b) The Ceding Company covenants and agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Reinsurer in the preparation of a tax opinion described in clauses (i)(A) or (i)(B) of Section 7.6(a), including through providing a representation letter acceptable to the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer upon which the Reinsurer and its counsel can reasonably rely in the preparation of such tax opinion; provided, however, that (i) any representations requested from the Ceding Company or any of its Affiliates shall be purely factual in nature, and (ii) the Reinsurer shall bear all costs and expenses associated with such tax opinion and shall indemnify the Ceding Company for any such costs and expense incurred by the Ceding Company or its Affiliates.

Section 7.7 Indemnification. The Reinsurer agrees to indemnify the Ceding Company for any Tax Liability, or interest or penalty related to such Tax Liability, that the Ceding Company may incur (a) pursuant to FATCA, (b) under Section 4371 (or any amendments or supplements thereto) of the Code, or (c) pursuant to any other withholding Tax requirement.

Section 7.8 Return of Premium. In the event any return of premium is due to the Ceding Company, the Reinsurer will return the premium paid hereunder and the Ceding Company or its agent will recover Taxes paid to the United States Government in accordance with this Article VII. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Ceding Company’s attempt to recover such Taxes is denied, contested or disputed by the United States Government, then the Reinsurer shall reimburse the Ceding Company for such Taxes within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice of such denial, contest or dispute.

ARTICLE VIII

INSOLVENCY

Section 8.1 Insolvency of the Ceding Company.

(a) In the event the Ceding Company has entered into or has otherwise become subject to an order of supervision, rehabilitation, liquidation or other proceeding that is in substance the same type of proceeding as the aforementioned, but conducted under a different name, whether involuntary or otherwise, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Ceding Company or to its liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or statutory successor on the basis of liability of the Ceding Company, without diminution by reason of the insolvency of the Ceding Company or because the liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or statutory successor of the Ceding Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Ceding Company shall give written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Ceding Company on the Covered Insurance Policy within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceeding. It is further agreed that during the pendency of such claim the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defenses which it deems available to the Ceding Company, its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor. Such expense shall be chargeable,

subject to court approval, against the Ceding Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Ceding Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

(b) Where two (2) or more reinsurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elects to interpose defense to such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as though such expense had been incurred by the Ceding Company.

(c) The reinsurance provided hereunder shall be payable by the Reinsurer to the Ceding Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator, or statutory successor, except (i) where this Agreement specifically provides another payee of such reinsurance in the event of the insolvency of the Ceding Company, (ii) where the Reinsurer with the consent of the direct insured or insureds has voluntarily assumed such Covered Insurance Policy obligations of the Ceding Company as direct obligations of the Reinsurer to the payees under such Covered Insurance Policies and in substitution for the obligations of the Ceding Company to the payees or (iii) where provided otherwise under Applicable Law.

ARTICLE IX

DURATION; SURVIVAL; RECAPTURE; TERMINAL SETTLEMENT

Section 9.1 Certain Definitions.

(a) “Recapture Triggering Event” means any of the following occurrences:

(i) the Reinsurer becomes (whether voluntary or involuntary) insolvent or has been placed into liquidation, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision, receivership, bankruptcy action or similar proceedings (whether judicial or otherwise), or there has been instituted against it proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, or trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or assume control of its operations;

(ii) the Reinsurer’s ECR Ratio in respect of its Long-Term Business Account, after taking account of the Long-Term Business Account Diversification Benefit, (A) falls below [***]% and the Reinsurer has not cured such shortfall within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days of becoming aware thereof; provided, however, such one hundred twenty (120) day cure period shall be tolled for up to ninety (90) calendar days if, prior to the end of such cure period, the Reinsurer has entered into a binding transaction to cure such shortfall but the closing of such transaction is subject to regulatory approval which the parties to such transaction are using their reasonable best efforts to obtain; and provided, further, that if such ECR Ratio is not cured in accordance with the timelines in this clause (A) but is subsequently restored to at least [***]% and continuously remains at or above [***]% for at least ninety (90) calendar days, the Ceding Company shall no longer have a right to recapture this Agreement as a result of such occurrence (unless and until such ECR Ratio again falls below [***]%); or (B) falls below [***]% and the Reinsurer has not increased such ECR Ratio to at least [***]% within the shorter of any then remaining cure period set forth in clause (A) above or forty-five (45) calendar days of becoming aware thereof;

(iii) there has been a failure by the Reinsurer to pay any amounts due hereunder in excess of $[***] or to fund the ModCo Account in an amount in excess of $[***], in each case for which the Ceding Company shall not have received a certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer or other senior officer of the Reinsurer certifying that the Reinsurer disputes

such amounts in good faith and, in each case, such breach has not been cured within forty-five (45) calendar days after notice from the Ceding Company of such failure;

(iv) without the Ceding Company’s prior written consent, (a) the Reinsurer undergoes a direct or indirect Change of Control to a Restricted Purchaser; or (b) the Reinsurer cedes more than fifty percent (50%) of the Statutory Reserves ceded hereunder (as measured on the basis of SAP) to a single “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the Closing Date) that (i) at any time during such cession does not hold an investment grade (financial strength/FSR) rating from at least one of the following nationally recognized statistical rating organizations: Moody’s Investors Service Inc., S&P Global Ratings or Fitch Ratings Inc. or (ii) at the time of such cession, was a Restricted Purchaser; provided, however, that clause (a) and clause (b)(ii) of the Recapture Trigger Event set forth in this Section 9.1(a)(iv) shall cease to apply in the event of a Change of Control of the Ceding Company after the Amendment Date to any Person other than Parent or one or more Affiliates of Parent, provided that a Change of Control of Parent to any Person shall not constitute a Change of Control of the Ceding Company; or

(v) without the Ceding Company’s prior written consent, the Reinsurer makes an application for any insurance business transfer pursuant to Part VII of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 or a scheme of arrangement pursuant to 895-899 of the Companies Act 2006, or any provision that replaces the foregoing, or has a substantially similar effect as the foregoing in any jurisdiction, in each case in respect of a transaction involving a Restricted Purchaser.

(b) “Enhanced Capital Requirement” means, solely in respect of the Reinsurer for purposes of this Agreement, a capital and surplus requirement imposed by or under the Insurance Act 1978 and related regulations and in particular the provisions of Bermuda Insurance (Prudential Standards) (Class 4 and Class 3B Solvency Requirement) Rules 2008, as amended (“Insurance Act”), that is calculated by reference to (i) the Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement model for the Reinsurer unless and until (ii) the Reinsurer is permitted to use a Bermuda Monetary Authority-approved internal capital model (an “Internal Capital Model”) and/or bespoke capital charges to calculate its capital and surplus, in which case the Internal Capital Model and/or bespoke capital charges, as applicable, shall be utilized for such calculation; provided, that, to the extent there has been a material change in the factors or formulae prescribed by the Bermuda Monetary Authority with respect to the components of and methodologies contained in such calculations, or the Reinsurer redomesticates to a jurisdiction outside Bermuda, the Parties shall amend this Agreement to incorporate the equivalent ratio or requirement that represents the supervisory minimum capital ratio applicable to the Reinsurer under the Applicable Laws of Bermuda or the Reinsurer’s then current jurisdiction of domicile; provided, that if (x) such supervisory minimum capital ratio results in an amount of capital required to be held by the Reinsurer that the Ceding Company reasonably determines is substantially dissimilar to the amount of capital required to be held by the Reinsurer on the date immediately prior to the effective date of such material change or redomestication and (y) the Ceding Company objects to amending this Agreement to incorporate such supervisory minimum capital ratio based on the dissimilarity cited in clause (x), then the Parties shall work in good faith to amend this Agreement to reflect an alternative calculation that is reasonably equivalent to the components of and methodologies contained in the calculation of the Reinsurer’s Enhanced Capital Requirement in effect as of the Amendment Date within thirty (30) calendar days after implementation of such change and if the Parties cannot agree on any such alternative, then the Reinsurer shall, for purposes of this Agreement, continue to calculate its Enhanced Capital Requirement as if such material change had not occurred or the Reinsurer had not redomesticated, as applicable.

(c) “Change of Control” of any Person shall be deemed to have occurred if, after the Amendment Date, any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange

Act of 1934 as in effect on the Closing Date) shall acquire ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of such Person, who does not own more than fifty percent (50%) thereof as of the Amendment Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any restructuring which has as its purpose the insertion of a new direct or indirect holding company parent in the chain of ownership of the Reinsurer, or the changing of any such parent holding company from one form of organization to another, shall not constitute a Change of Control of the Reinsurer if the same Persons who directly or indirectly owned the Reinsurer immediately prior thereto directly or indirectly own the Reinsurer in the same proportions as to voting and economic rights as immediately prior to such restructuring. The Parties agree that the “Acquisition” contemplated by the 2019 Purchase Agreement shall not constitute a Change of Control for purposes of this Agreement.

(d) “Restricted Purchaser” means: (A) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the Closing Date) set forth on a list of no more than five persons or groups whom the Ceding Company has determined would be unacceptable as a reinsurance counterparty or the owner of a reinsurance counterparty, which list may be revised by the Ceding Company no more frequently than twelve months after the previous revision (or after the Amendment Date, in the case of the first such revision) and provided to the Reinsurer in writing; and (B) any Person (x) newly formed within the last twelve (12) months, formed for, or being used principally for, the purpose of a transaction involving the Reinsurer or the business covered hereunder, or (y) affiliated with a private equity fund, hedge fund or similar investment group; provided, that the Ceding Company will not unreasonably withhold its consent to a Change of Control involving a Restricted Purchaser described in this clause (B); and provided, further, that The Carlyle Group Inc. (as successor to The Carlyle Group, L.P.) (“Carlyle”) and any of its Subsidiaries shall not be considered Restricted Purchasers, as long as (i) no Person that is not a Subsidiary of Carlyle shall acquire ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares or other equity interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of the Reinsurer (including through acquiring such an interest in Carlyle) and (ii) the Reinsurer remains a Subsidiary of Carlyle continuously following the Amendment Date. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be considered a “Subsidiary” of another Person if such other Person beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, shares or other equity interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of such first Person.

Section 9.2 Duration. This Agreement shall continue in-force until such time as (a) the Ceding Company’s liability arising out of or related to all Covered Insurance Policies reinsured hereunder is terminated in accordance with their respective terms, and the Reinsurer has satisfied all of its obligations to the Ceding Company hereunder or (b) the Ceding Company has elected to recapture the Covered Insurance Policies in full following a Recapture Triggering Event in accordance with Section 9.4(a), and the Ceding Company has received all applicable payments which discharge such liability in full in accordance with Section 9.5.

Section 9.3 Survival. All of the provisions of this Agreement shall, to the extent necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement or to ascertain and enforce the Parties’ rights hereunder, survive its termination in full force and effect.

Section 9.4 Recapture.

(a) At any time following the occurrence of a Recapture Triggering Event (provided, with respect to a Recapture Triggering Event under clause (ii) of the definition of the term, that such Recapture Triggering Event has not been cured), the Ceding Company shall have the right (but not the obligation) to

recapture all, and not less than all, of the reinsurance of the Covered Insurance Policies ceded under this Agreement, by providing the Reinsurer with prior written notice of its intent to effect such recapture specifying the date upon which such recapture will be effective (the “Recapture Effective Date”), which Recapture Effective Date must be the last calendar day of an Accounting Period. The Ceding Company will also recapture all, and not less than all, of the reinsurance of the Covered Insurance Policies ceded under this Agreement if termination of this Agreement is awarded by an arbitration panel pursuant to Section 10.3(d); provided that the Recapture Effective Date for any such recapture shall be determined by the arbitration panel unless otherwise agreed between the Parties in writing.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, upon any recapture by the Ceding Company, the Ceding Company will only recapture liabilities arising under the express terms of the Covered Insurance Policies and will not be liable for any Extra-Contractual Obligations incurred before the Recapture Effective Date other than Ceding Company Extra-Contractual Obligations.

(c) Following any recapture pursuant to this Section 9.4, subject to the payment obligations described in Section 9.5, both the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer will be fully and finally released from all rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the applicable Covered Insurance Policies, other than any payment obligations due hereunder as respects periods through the Recapture Effective Date but still unpaid on such date, any Extra-Contractual Obligations incurred before the Recapture Effective Date other than Ceding Company Extra-Contractual Obligations, and any other obligations of the Reinsurer with respect to the Reinsured Liabilities incurred prior to the Recapture Effective Date. Following the consummation of the recapture or termination, no additional Premiums or other amounts payable under such Covered Insurance Policies shall be payable to the Reinsurer hereunder.

(d) Notwithstanding the remedies contemplated by this Article IX, the Ceding Company may, in its sole discretion, require direct payment by the Reinsurer of any sum in default under this Agreement in lieu of exercising the remedies in this Article IX, and it shall be no defense to any such claim that the Ceding Company might have had other recourse.

Section 9.5 Terminal Settlement.

(a) In connection with a termination of this Agreement or recapture of the Covered Insurance Policies pursuant to Section 9.4, a Terminal Settlement will take place. In connection therewith, the Ceding Company shall deliver to the Reinsurer, within forty-five (45) calendar days following the Recapture Effective Date, a statement (the “Terminal Settlement Statement”) setting forth the Ceding Company’s computation of the Terminal Settlement, including a good faith calculation of the Embedded Value Payment. The “Terminal Settlement” shall consist of (i) the Quarterly Net Settlement Amount for the Terminal Accounting Period, and (ii) the Embedded Value Payment with respect to the then in-force Covered Insurance Policies as of the Recapture Effective Date. “Embedded Value Payment” means an amount equal to (x)(A) the present value, based on the best estimate assumptions and market conditions at the Recapture Effective Date, of statutory after-tax future profits and losses from this Agreement, minus (B) the present value of the cost of capital, based on the standalone target capital for a capital ratio of [***]% of company action level risk-based capital calculated under SAP where the cost of capital is the change in the amount of target capital over the projected duration of the business reinsured hereunder, net of after-tax investment income on the target capital, where (A) – (B) is adjusted for taxes, including federal income tax and DAC tax impact based on relevant tax rules applicable to the Ceding Company as of the Recapture Effective Date, all discounted at [***]%, minus (y) the aggregate expense to the Ceding Company, not to exceed $[***], associated with replacing the reinsurance provided hereunder or entering into a reasonably equivalent alternative arrangement, minus (z) the Recapture Penalty. If the Embedded Value Payment is positive, such amount will be paid by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer as part of

the Terminal Settlement. If the Embedded Value Payment is negative, the absolute value of such negative amount shall be paid by the Reinsurer to the Ceding Company as part of the Terminal Settlement. “Recapture Penalty” means $[***].

(b) The Terminal Settlement shall be paid on a net basis by the Reinsurer or the Ceding Company, as the case may be, within seven (7) Business Days following the delivery by the Ceding Company to the Reinsurer of the Terminal Settlement Statement. If, subsequent to the Terminal Settlement, a change is made with respect to any amounts due solely as a result of a mathematical error in the calculation of the Terminal Settlement, a supplementary accounting will take place. Any amount owed to the Ceding Company or to the Reinsurer by reason of such supplementary accounting will be paid promptly upon the completion thereof.

(c) Following the Terminal Settlement, any assets remaining in (i) the ModCo Account shall be retained by the Ceding Company, and the ModCo Account shall be terminated and (ii) the Collateral Trust Account shall be released to the Reinsurer, and the Collateral Trust Account shall be terminated in accordance with its terms.

(d) Within thirty (30) calendar days after its receipt of the Terminal Settlement Statement, the Reinsurer shall notify the Ceding Company in writing if the Reinsurer disagrees with the Ceding Company’s calculation of the Embedded Value Payment. During the ten (10) Business Days immediately following the delivery of such notice of disagreement, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer will seek in good faith to resolve any disputes as to such calculation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all disputes as to the calculation of the Embedded Value Payment that have not been resolved during such ten (10) Business Day period shall be submitted to an independent and disinterested actuarial firm (the “Independent Actuary”), as respects the ModCo Reserves, or to one or more independent and disinterested asset valuation experts, as respects the ModCo Assets (each, an “Independent Valuation Expert”), reasonably agreed to by each of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer for review and determination. Should the Parties proceed with such an evaluation by an Independent Actuary or the Independent Valuation Expert(s), such evaluation shall assess which of the Parties’ two results is the more reasonable calculation in light of the evidence provided by both Parties to support their calculations. The Parties shall instruct the Independent Actuary and Independent Valuation Expert(s) to render their decisions as to the more reasonable calculation of the applicable component(s) of the Embedded Value Payment within thirty (30) calendar days after the submission of the matter for its review (or as soon thereafter as possible). The Independent Actuary’s or the Independent Valuation Expert’s decision, as applicable, shall be final and binding upon each of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer. All fees and expenses relating to the work performed by the Independent Actuary and the Independent Valuation Expert shall be shared equally between the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer. In the event of any conflict between this Section 9.5(d) and any other provision of this Agreement, the terms of this Section 9.5(d) shall control.

(e) If the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer are unable to agree upon the identity of the Independent Actuary or the Independent Valuation Expert within five (5) Business Days of beginning such process, then each Party shall submit, within seven (7) calendar days thereafter, the names of three (3) candidates to the other Party whom the submitting Party shall consider to be independent and disinterested. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, each candidate for Independent Actuary must be a current Fellow of the Society of Actuaries in good standing and neither presently nor formerly retained by, employed by, or Affiliated with either the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer or any company Affiliated with either within the past twelve (12) months. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, each candidate for Independent Valuation Expert must be neither presently nor formerly employed by, or Affiliated with, either the Ceding Company or the Reinsurer or any company Affiliated with either within the past twelve (12) months. In contacting possible candidates to serve in either such role, neither Party

shall disclose the nature of the dispute nor its own position to such candidates, but may only describe the identities of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer, the type of business reinsured and/or assets in dispute and the fact that an issue exists hereunder as to the embedded value of the business hereunder and/or the assets in dispute. From the list of six (6) candidates thus produced, within five (5) Business Days, each of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer shall strike two (2) names so that among the remaining names a disinterested actuary or disinterested valuation expert shall be chosen by drawing lots. The candidate selected from this method shall be the Independent Actuary or the Independent Valuation Expert who shall resolve the difference as described above. These same procedures shall be used as necessary for determining the Independent Actuary and/or Independent Valuation Expert for the specified disputes involving such experts as contemplated in Sections 2.3, 2.5 and 4.1(f), as applicable.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of service if served personally on the Party to whom notice is to be given, (b) on the day of transmission if sent via electronic mail to the email address given below, or (c) on the Business Day after delivery to an overnight courier (such as Federal Express) or an overnight mail service (such as the Express Mail service) maintained by the United States Postal Service, to the applicable Party as follows:

To the Ceding Company:

American General Life Insurance Company

2727A Allen Parkway

Life Building 4C-2

Houston, TX 77019

E-mail: [***]

Attention: Head of Life and Retirement Reinsurance Finance and Operations

With concurrent copies (which will not constitute notice) to:

American International Group, Inc.

21650 Oxnard Street, Suite 750

Woodland Hills, CA 91367

E-mail: [***]

Attn: General Counsel, Life & Retirement

To the Reinsurer:

Fortitude Reinsurance Company, Ltd.

Chesney House – 3^rd Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 08, Bermuda

E-mail: [***]

Attention: James Bracken, Chief Executive Officer

With concurrent copies (which will not constitute notice) to:

Fortitude Reinsurance Company, Ltd.

Chesney House – 3^rd Floor

96 Pitts Bay Road

Pembroke HM 08, Bermuda

E-mail: [***]

Attention: Jeffrey Burman, General Counsel

Either Party may change its notice information upon fifteen (15) calendar days’ advance notice in writing to the other Party.

Section 10.2 Entire Agreement, Interpretation.

(a) With respect to the subject matter hereof, (i) this Agreement, including any Schedules, Exhibits, Appendices and documents expressly incorporated by reference herein and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto and thereto (including the Collateral Trust Agreement and the FLAS Administrative Services Agreement), constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (ii) supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, written or oral, with respect thereto. Any change to or modification of this Agreement will be made by written amendment to this Agreement, signed by the Parties.

(b) This Agreement is between sophisticated parties, each of which has reviewed this Agreement and is fully knowledgeable about its terms and conditions. The Parties therefore agree that this Agreement shall be construed without regard to the authorship of the language and without any presumption or rule of construction in favor of either of them.

(c) The table of contents, articles, titles, captions and headings to Sections herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices referred to herein are to be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices to, this Agreement. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. Unless the context otherwise requires, the word “Agreement” means this Agreement, together with all Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices attached hereto or incorporated by reference, and the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular Article, Section or provision of this Agreement. All terms defined in this Agreement have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. The definitions in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine genders of such term. Any agreement or instrument defined or referred to herein or any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement or instrument as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including by waiver or consent and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. Any statute or regulation referred to herein means such statute or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time (and, in the case of statutes, includes any rules and regulations promulgated under the statute), and references to any section of any statute or regulation include any successor to such section. References to a Person are also to its successors and permitted assigns. Any agreement referred to herein includes reference to all Exhibits, Schedules and other documents or agreements attached thereto.

Section 10.3 Arbitration.

(a) Any and all disputes or differences arising out of or relating to this Agreement for which a dispute resolution mechanism is not otherwise provided herein shall be referred to arbitration, except that disputes or differences involving the formation and/or validity of this Agreement may be submitted to the Supreme Court of the state and county of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Any arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the ARIAS • U.S. Rules for the Resolution of U.S. Insurance and Reinsurance Disputes (Arb Prov 2014) (the “ARIAS • U.S. Rules”).

(b) However, if either Party demands arbitration of a dispute, such dispute does not relate to the formation and/or validity of this Agreement, and the total amount in dispute in such arbitration (i) is less than $1,000,000 (or, if the applicable currency is other than Dollars, the equivalent amount based on the applicable exchange rates used in the Ceding Company’s books at the date of the arbitration demand), or (ii) pertains to the determination as to whether a change by the Ceding Company of the terms or conditions of any Covered Insurance Policy is an Excluded Policy Change or a change in a Non- Guaranteed Element is an Excluded NGE Change, the dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the ARIAS • U.S. Streamlined Rules for Small Claim Disputes (Streaml Prov 2014) (the “ARIAS • U.S. Streamlined Rules”).

(c) The arbitration panel shall be appointed in accordance with the ARIAS • U.S. Rules and ARIAS • U.S. Streamlined Rules, as applicable. The panel shall interpret this Agreement as an honorable engagement, and shall not be obligated to follow the strict rules of law or evidence. In making their decision, the panel shall apply the custom and practice of the insurance and reinsurance industry, with a view to effecting the general purpose of this Agreement. Each arbitrator serving on the panel must be a life insurance or reinsurance industry professional with no less than ten (10) years of experience in such industry. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the ARIAS U.S. Rules or the ARIAS U.S. Streamlined Rules, ARIAS certification shall not be required in order to act as an arbitrator on the panel.

(d) The Ceding Company shall not be restricted from seeking, and the arbitration panel shall not be restricted from awarding, termination as a remedy with respect to any claim by the Ceding Company alleging material breach of this Agreement by the Reinsurer that has not been cured within thirty (30) calendar days after the Reinsurer’s receipt of notice thereof from the Ceding Company. To the extent the arbitration panel determines that there has been such a material breach and awards termination of this Agreement as a remedy, the Parties shall effect a recapture of this Agreement in accordance with Article IX. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 10.3(d) shall require the arbitration panel to award termination as a remedy for material breach or to otherwise limit any other remedies that may be awarded by the panel in respect thereof. The arbitration panel shall only be permitted to award termination of this Agreement as a remedy if the Ceding Company so requests termination as a remedy or potential remedy. If the arbitration panel awards termination of this Agreement, the Parties shall request the arbitration panel to set the Recapture Effective Date unless the Parties have otherwise agreed to such date in writing.

(e) The arbitration shall take place in New York, New York.

(f) Unless prohibited by Applicable Law, the Supreme Court of the state and county of New York and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any and all court proceedings that either Party may initiate in the case of a dispute involving the formation or validity of this Agreement or in connection with the arbitration, including proceedings to compel, stay, or enjoin arbitration or to confirm, vacate, modify, or correct an arbitration award. In addition, the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer shall have the right to seek and obtain in such

courts provisional relief prior to the panel being fully formed pursuant to this Section 10.3, including prior to the commencement of the arbitration proceeding.

(g) In the event of any conflict between this Section 10.3 and the ARIAS • U.S. Rules or the ARIAS • U.S. Streamlined Rules, as applicable, this Section 10.3, and not the ARIAS • U.S. Rules or the ARIAS • U.S. Streamlined Rules, as applicable, will control.

Section 10.4 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Applicable Laws of the state of New York, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

Section 10.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any party, other than the Parties, their successors and permitted assigns, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

Section 10.6 Expenses. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Parties shall each bear their respective expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including all fees and expenses of counsel, actuaries and other Representatives.

Section 10.7 Mode of Execution; Counterparts.

(a) Unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, this Agreement may be executed by: (i) an original written ink signature; (ii) an exchange of facsimile copies showing the original signature; or (iii) electronic signature technology employing computer software and a digital signature or digitizer pen pad to capture an individual’s handwritten signature in such a manner that the signature is unique to the individual signing, under the sole control of the individual signing, capable of verification to authenticate the signature, and linked to the document signed in such a manner that if the data is changed, such signature is invalidated.

(b) Unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, the use of any one or combination of these methods of execution shall constitute a legally binding and valid signing of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the Parties.

Section 10.8 Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, that provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable. In the event of such invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement, the Parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to reform such terms or provisions to carry out the commercial intent of the Parties as reflected herein, while curing the circumstance giving rise to the invalidity or unenforceability of such term or provision.

Section 10.9 Waiver of Jury Trial. Each Party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any action arising out

of or relating to this Agreement, and whether made by claim, counterclaim, third person claim or otherwise. Each Party (a) certifies that no Representative or agent of the other Party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other Party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other Party have been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 10.9.

Section 10.10 Treatment of Confidential Information.

(a) Each Party agrees that, other than as contemplated by this Agreement or any Administrative Services Agreement, and to the extent permitted or required to implement the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or thereby, it and its Affiliates and Representatives will keep confidential and will not use or disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information or the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices hereto.

(b) Each Party shall be permitted to disclose this Agreement and any Confidential Information of the other Party to such receiving Party’s Affiliates and its Representatives that need to know such information for the purposes below; provided, that the receiving Party advises such parties of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and their obligation to maintain its confidentiality in accordance with the terms hereof. The receiving Party shall be responsible for any breach of this provision by any of its Representatives or Affiliates.

(c) Confidential Information provided by one Party to the other Party or such Party’s Representatives or Affiliates and any reports derived therefrom may only be used by the receiving Party and its Representatives and Affiliates only for purposes relating to such receiving Party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement or any Administrative Services Agreement to which it is a party, or for the receiving Party’s own internal administration and risk management. The receiving Party may use knowledge gleaned from the Confidential Information provided to it by the disclosing Party in the conduct of the receiving Party’s normal business, provided that no such material shall be used by the receiving Party or its Representatives or Affiliates to compete with the disclosing Party or any of the disclosing Party’s Affiliates.

(d) Nothing herein shall prohibit the receiving Party from disclosing this Agreement and any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party provided in connection herewith (i) if legally compelled to do so or as required in connection with an examination by an insurance regulatory authority or otherwise by Governmental Authorities or Applicable Law; (ii) to the extent necessary for the performance of such receiving Party’s obligations hereunder or under any Administrative Services Agreement to which it is a party; (iii) to enforce the rights of the receiving Party or its Affiliates under this Agreement or any Administrative Services Agreement; (iv) as required by a Tax Authority to support a position taken on any Tax Return; or (v) as required by the rules of any stock exchange on which the stock of a receiving Party’s Affiliate is traded, as applicable. Upon any such permissible disclosures, a receiving Party must also assert the confidential nature of the Confidential Information to any third party recipient and obtain appropriate assurance of continued confidential treatment where practicable. If a receiving Party or any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective Representatives, becomes legally compelled to disclose any Confidential Information (other than as required in connection with any insurance regulatory examination or as required to a Tax Authority to support a position on any Tax Return), the receiving Party shall notify the disclosing Party immediately and afford it an opportunity, to the full extent possible and at the disclosing Party’s own expense, to make any objections or challenges to the disclosure sought as the disclosing Party may deem appropriate. If the disclosing Party objects to or challenges disclosure, the receiving Party will take reasonable measures to cooperate with the disclosing Party, at the disclosing Party’s own expense, in its efforts to resist such disclosure. If no remedy is obtained or the disclosing Party otherwise waives its compliance herewith, the receiving Party or its

Affiliates, as applicable, shall furnish only that portion of Confidential Information that it is legally required to be provided and exercise its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain assurances that appropriate confidential treatment will be accorded to the Confidential Information.

Section 10.11 Treatment of Personal Information.

(a) The Reinsurer shall comply with its obligations under Applicable Privacy and Security Laws and shall cooperate with the Ceding Company’s efforts to comply with such laws. The Ceding Company may perform, or have a third party perform, reasonable security audits, investigations or assessments of the Reinsurer upon reasonable notice, and the Reinsurer shall provide all reasonably requested security reports, information and access. The Parties agree that, for the purposes of Applicable Privacy and Security Laws, each Party (to the extent it processes Personal Information pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) processes Personal Information as an independent data controller in its own right. Nothing in this Agreement (or the arrangements contemplated by it) is intended to construe either Party as the data processor of the other Party or as joint data controllers with one another with respect to Personal Information.

(b) Each Party agrees that, to the extent it discloses Personal Information to the other Party, such disclosure shall be in accordance with Applicable Privacy and Security Laws. Each Party also agrees that no such Personal Information shall be disclosed for monetary or other valuable consideration.

(c) The Reinsurer shall maintain a comprehensive information security program designed to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of Information Systems and to protect all Confidential Information from unauthorized use, alteration, access, disclosure or loss. The information security program shall, at a minimum, comply with the requirements of Applicable Privacy and Security Laws and, in particular, shall include: (i) written policies and procedures, which shall be periodically assessed and revised to address changes in risks and the effectiveness of controls; and (ii) technical, administrative, physical, organizational and operational controls that are appropriate to the information security risk, including encryption of Personal Information at rest and in transit where feasible and commensurate with the sensitivity of the Personal Information, controls to limit unauthorized access to Information Systems and Confidential Information, and the use of multi-factor authentication when accessing any Information Systems of the Ceding Company or its Affiliates from outside the Ceding Company’s or its Affiliates’ network.

(d) The Reinsurer shall: (i) promptly (and without undue delay) notify the Ceding Company in writing of any reasonably suspected unauthorized or unlawful use, processing, alteration, access, disclosure, loss or unavailability of Confidential Information or Information Systems (if reasonably likely to provide unauthorized access to Confidential Information) and shall cooperate with the Ceding Company to investigate and respond to such events; and (ii) permit no third party to access or use the Confidential Information or any Information Systems of the Ceding Company except as necessary for the purposes of this Agreement or otherwise permitted hereby.

(e) The Reinsurer shall (i) immediately notify the Ceding Company of any requests from individuals regarding their Personal Information; and (ii) be responsible for responding to any requests it receives from the Ceding Company or directly from individuals regarding their Personal Information, inquiries or complaints (including any request by a data subject to exercise their rights under Applicable Privacy and Security Laws), unless otherwise agreed between the Parties in writing. The Ceding Company shall also promptly forward to the Reinsurer any data subject rights requests that require the Reinsurer to facilitate either Party’s compliance with Applicable Law.

(f) If and where Personal Information is disclosed or transferred internationally to the Reinsurer or its Representatives, the Reinsurer shall, as reasonably requested by the Ceding Company, cooperate with the Ceding Company in concluding the most appropriate contractual framework to comply with Applicable Privacy and Security Laws, such as standard model contract clauses approved by the European Commission (or such other transfer mechanism approved by the European Commission) or AIG’s International Data Processing and Transfer Agreement.

(g) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing herein shall be constructed as granting or conferring rights by license or otherwise in Confidential Information disclosed to the receiving Party. Each Party shall destroy the Confidential Information of the other Party when no longer needed for the purposes described and permitted herein or to comply with Applicable Law or such Party’s internal record retention policies.

(h) The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that money damages may be both incalculable and an insufficient remedy for any breach of this Article by the breaching Party or its Representatives and that any such breach may cause the other Party irreparable harm. Accordingly, each Party shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, in the event of any breach of the provisions of this Article by the other Party or its Representatives, in addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity.

Section 10.12 Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as provided below in this Section 10.12, neither Party may assign any of its rights, duties or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party and any attempted assignment in violation of this Section 10.12 shall be invalid ab initio; provided, however, that this Agreement shall inure to the benefit and bind those who, by operation of law, become successors to the Parties, including any receiver or any successor, merged or consolidated entity.

Section 10.13 Waivers and Amendments.

(a) This Agreement may be amended, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms hereof may be waived, only by an instrument in writing signed by the Parties hereto, or, in the case of a waiver, by the Party waiving compliance. Any amendment requiring the approval of any state insurance department under Applicable Law shall not be effective until so approved.

(b) No delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any such right, power or privilege. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

Section 10.14 Service of Suit.

(a) At the request of the Ceding Company, the Reinsurer hereby agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction within the United States and agrees to comply with the requirements necessary to give the court jurisdiction with respect to any and all court proceedings that the Ceding Company may initiate in connection with an arbitration, including proceedings to compel, stay or enjoin arbitration or to confirm, vacate, modify or correct an arbitration award. The Reinsurer agrees to abide by the final decision of that court or of an appellate court in the event of an appeal, and consents to any effort to enforce the final decision of that court within its home jurisdiction, including the granting of full faith and credit or comity in the Reinsurer’s home jurisdiction or any other jurisdiction where the Reinsurer is subject to jurisdiction. Nothing in this Section 10.14 constitutes or should be understood to

constitute a waiver of the rights of the Reinsurer to remove such an action to a United States District Court, or to seek a transfer of such a case to another court as permitted by the Applicable Laws of the United States or of any state in the United States, or to commence an action in connection with the arbitration in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States. It is further agreed that service of process on the Reinsurer in such suit may be made upon Corporation Service Company, 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210, New York, NY 10036, or such other entity at its New York address as is specifically designated in the applicable signing page of this Agreement, and that, in any suit instituted against the Reinsurer under this Agreement, the Reinsurer will abide by the final decision of such court or of any Appellate Court in the event of an appeal.

(b) Corporation Service Company, 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210, New York, NY 10036, or such other designated entity, is authorized and directed to accept service of process on behalf of the Reinsurer in any such suit and/or upon the request of the Ceding Company to give a written undertaking to the Ceding Company that they will enter a general appearance on the Reinsurer’s behalf in the event such a suit shall be instituted.

(c) Further, pursuant to any statute of any state, territory or district of the United States which makes provision therefor, the Reinsurer also hereby designates the Superintendent, Commissioner or Director of Insurance or other officer specified for that purpose in the statute, or his or her successor or successors in office, as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Ceding Company or any beneficiary hereunder arising out of this Agreement, and hereby designates Corporation Service Company, 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210, New York, NY 10036, or such other entity as designated, as the entity to whom the said officer is authorized to mail such process or a true copy thereof.

(d) This Section 10.14 shall not be read to conflict with or override any obligation of the Parties hereunder to arbitrate a dispute or difference arising out of this Agreement.

Section 10.15 OFAC Compliance.

(a) Each of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer represents, as to itself, that it is in compliance in all material respects with all laws, regulations, judicial and administrative orders applicable to the Covered Insurance Policies as they pertain to applicable sanction laws and regulations, and specifically those administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, as such laws may be amended from time to time (collectively the “Sanctions Laws”). Each of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurer agrees to comply in all material respects with applicable Sanctions Laws throughout the term of this Agreement as respects the subject matter hereof. Neither Party shall be required to take any action under this Agreement that would violate said Sanctions Laws as respects itself, its parent company or its ultimate controlling entity, including making any payments in violation of the Sanctions Laws.

(b) Should either Party discover or otherwise become aware that a transaction subject to the reinsurance hereunder has been entered into or a payment has been made in violation of applicable Sanction Laws, the Party that first becomes aware of the actual or potential violation of applicable Sanctions Laws shall notify the other Party, and the Parties shall cooperate in order to take all necessary corrective actions.

(c) Where coverage provided by this Agreement would be in violation of applicable Sanctions Laws as respects either Party, its parent company or its ultimate controlling entity, such coverage shall be null and void. In such event, each Party shall be restored to the position it would have

occupied under this Agreement if the violation had not occurred, including the return of any payments received, unless prohibited by Applicable Law.

Section 10.16 Incontestability. Each Party hereby acknowledges that this Agreement, and each and every provision hereof, is and shall be enforceable according to its terms. Each Party hereby irrevocably waives any right to contest in any respect the validity or enforceability hereof. This Agreement shall not be subject to rescission, or to an award of damages, restitution, or reformation in lieu thereof, on any basis whatsoever, including intentional fraud.

[The rest of this page intentionally left blank.]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed effective as of the Amendment Date.

AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By: /s/ Michael P. Harwood

Name: Michael P. Harwood

Title: Senior Vice President, Chief Actuary and

Corporate Illustration Actuary

FORTITUDE REINSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

By: /s/ James Bracken

Name: James Bracken

Title: Chief Executive Officer

By: /s/ Jeffrey S. Burman

Name: Jeffrey S. Burman

Title: SVP, General Counsel & Secretary

[Signature Page to AGL ModCo Agreement]

Exhibit 10.2

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

NON-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN

(Amended and Restated effective July 31, 2020)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
ARTICLE 1	DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................	1
ARTICLE 2	PARTICIPATION............................................................................................	6
ARTICLE 3	RETIREMENT AND OTHER BENEFITS......................................................	7
ARTICLE 4	EXCESS RETIREMENT INCOME.................................................................	10
ARTICLE 5	VESTING..........................................................................................................	16
ARTICLE 6	MODES OF BENEFIT PAYMENT.................................................................	17
ARTICLE 7	DEATH BENEFITS.........................................................................................	20
ARTICLE 8	LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY...................................................................	23
ARTICLE 9	ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN..............................................................	24
ARTICLE 10	AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN...................................	30
ARTICLE 11	GENERAL PROVISIONS...............................................................................	31
SCHEDULE A	...........................................................................................................................	33
APPENDIX A	RESTORATION OF RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN FOR CERTAIN
	EMPLOYEES PARTICIPATING IN THE RESTATED AMERICAN
	GENERAL RETIREMENT PLAN..................................................................	A-1
APPENDIX B	THE HARTFORD STEAM BOILER EXCESS RETIREMENT BENEFIT
	PLAN................................................................................................................	B-1
APPENDIX C	20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN
	(RESTATEMENT NO. 1)................................................................................	C-1
APPENDIX D	TREATMENT OF EMPLOYEES TRANSFERRING WITH THE SALE OF
	UNITED GUARANTY CORPORATION.......................................................	D-1
APPENDIX E	TREATMENT OF EMPLOYEES TRANFERRING WITH THE SALE OF
	FORTITUDE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC........................................................	E-1

PREAMBLE

The American International Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Retirement Income Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”) shall become effective on April 1, 2012 and shall constitute an amendment, restatement and continuation of the “American International Group, Inc. Excess Retirement Income Plan”, as amended and in effect on March 31, 2012.

The purpose of the Plan is to permit certain Employees of the Employer to receive additional retirement income benefits from the Employer when benefits cannot be paid from the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan due to the limitations of Sections 401(a)(17) and, prior to April 1, 2012, 415 of the Internal Revenue Code.

The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Effective as of the end of the business day on December 31, 2015, the Plan is frozen and no benefits shall increase thereafter, except for amounts related to Interest Credits (as defined in the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan) that are reflected under the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan or this Plan. Service will be recognized after that date only for purposes of vesting and eligibility for early retirement benefits.

Article 1
Definitions

1.

The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings, and the masculine, feminine and neuter gender shall be deemed to include the others and the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, when appropriate, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

1.1 “Account” means the Account as defined in the Qualified Plan for a Cash Balance Participant as defined thereunder.

1.2 “Affiliated Employer” means any member of the same controlled group of corporations as the Company or an Employer as determined under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code.

1.3 “AG Offset” means the monthly amount payable at Normal, Early, Postponed, or Disability Retirement Date, as applicable, in the form of a single life annuity under the Restoration Income Plan for Certain Employees Participating in the Restated American General Retirement Plan which was cashed out to the Participant from the American General Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (sometimes referred to as the “AG SERP”) or a Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement (sometimes referred to as an “AG SERA”).

1.4 “Average Final Compensation” means the amount determined by dividing (i) the average annual Compensation of the Participant during the three consecutive years in the last ten years of his Credited Service (as defined under the Qualified Plan) affording the highest such average, or during all the years of his Credited Service if less than three years, by (ii) twelve (12). For purposes of determining Average Final Compensation for a Participant listed on Schedule A, the Freeze Period as defined in Section 4.6 shall be disregarded for purposes of determining whether years are consecutive Average Final Compensation shall not increase after December 31, 2015. Effective December 31, 2015, Average Final Compensation means the amount determined by dividing (i) the average annual Compensation of the Participant during the three consecutive years during the ten year period of his or her Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) prior to December 31, 2015, or during all the years of his Credited Service prior to December 31, 2015 if less than three years, by (ii) twelve (12).

1.5 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

1.6 “Committee” means the Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of American International Group, Inc. or any successor thereto.

1.7 “Company” means American International Group, Inc.

1.8 “Compensation” means, for amounts other than amounts determined under Section 1.1, the Participant’s Compensation as determined under the Qualified Plan, excluding any sales commissions payable to an Employee for services rendered to the Company. Effective as of April 1, 2012, Compensation for purposes of determining the amount under Section 1.1 means the Participant’s Compensation as determined under the Qualified Plan for purposes of

determining Pay Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan), provided that Compensation for any Plan Year shall be limited to $1,000,000 (one million dollars), adjusted annually in the same manner that the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code is adjusted to reflect cost-of-living increases, pursuant to rules established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. Compensation for any purpose under the Plan, including for periods prior to April 1, 2012, shall not include severance payments and other amounts paid after a Participant’s Separation from Service. No Compensation paid after December 31, 2015 shall be taken into account under the Plan for any purpose.

1.9 “Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary designated by the Participant pursuant to rules established by the Plan Administrator. In the event that a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary under the Plan, such Participant’s Designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be the beneficiary with respect to such Participant’s Qualified Plan pre-retirement death benefit.

1.10 “Disability” means the Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company or an Employer, including the Company’s short-term disability program.

1.11 “Early Retirement Date” means the date as of which benefits commence for a Participant eligible for a benefit under Section 3.2.

1.12 “Effective Date” of this Plan means April 1, 2012. The original effective date of the Plan is July 1, 1986.

1.13 “Employee” means a person who is classified as an employee on the payroll records of an Employer. Individuals not classified as employees on the payroll records of an Employer for a particular period shall not be considered Employees for such period even if a court of administrative agency subsequently determines that such individuals were common law employees of the Employer during such period.

1.14 “Employer” means the Company and any other company as defined in Sections 2.06 and 8.01 of the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan.

1.15 “Excess Account” means the difference between (a) and (b) as stated below:

(a) the Account to which the Participant would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan, if such benefit were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and if such Account were calculated using Compensation as defined herein including, where provided for a Participant pursuant to a written agreement with the Company, compensation paid after Separation from Service;

(b) the Account payable to the Participant under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof after the limitations imposed by the application of Code

Sections 401(a)(17) disregarding, except as provided otherwise for a Participant pursuant to a written agreement with the Company, compensation (as defined in the Qualified Plan) paid after the Participant’s Separation from Service.

Effective December 31, 2015, the Excess Account is frozen and shall not increase thereafter, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the Excess Account, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

1.16 “Excess Normal Retirement Income” means the amount determined under Section 4.1.

1.17 “Excess Opening Account Balance” means the difference between (i) the Opening Account Balance (as defined in the Qualified Plan), increased by Interest Credits applicable as of the determination date, to which the Participant would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan, if such Opening Balance, increased by Interest Credits applicable as of the determination date, were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 and if such Opening Balance, increased by Interest Credits applicable as of the determination date, were calculated using Average Final Compensation as defined herein, and (ii) the Opening Balance (as defined in the Qualified Plan), increased by Interest Credits applicable as of the determination date, to which the Participant is entitled, taking into account the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415.

1.18 “Executive” means any person, including an officer, employed on a regular, full-time, salaried basis by an Employer.

1.19 “Frozen Accrued Benefit” means a Participant’s accrued benefit under the Plan as of March 31, 2012, determined as provided under Section 4.1

1.20 “Grandfathered Accrued Benefit” means the accrued benefit that would be determined under Section 4.1, taking into account all Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan), Compensation (as defined in the Qualified Plan, but excluding amounts paid after Separation from Service), and Covered Compensation until a Participant’s Separation from Service or death, applying the benefit formula that applied under the Qualified Plan on March 31, 2012. Effective December 31, 2015, the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit is frozen. After that date, Credited Service, Compensation (as defined in the prior sentence), and Covered Compensation shall not increase, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the amount of the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit.

1.21 “Grandfathered Transition Benefit” means the benefit provided in Section 4.2(c) for a Participant who is a Grandfathered Transition Participant as defined in the Qualified Plan. Effective December 31, 2015, the Grandfathered Transition Benefit is frozen and shall not increase thereafter, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in

determining the amount of the Grandfathered Transition Benefit, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

1.22 “Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit” means the benefit provided in Section 4.2(b) for a Participant who is a Non-Grandfathered Transition Participant as defined in the Qualified Plan. Effective December 31, 2015, the Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit is frozen and shall not increase thereafter, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the amount of the Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

1.23 “Normal Form” means a single life annuity payable for the life of the Participant and ending with the last monthly payment made prior to the Participant’s death.

1.24 “Normal Retirement Date” means the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date as determined under the terms of the Qualified Plan.

1.25 “Participant” means an Employee who has become a Participant pursuant to Article 2 of the Plan.

1.26 “Plan” means the American International Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Retirement Income Plan, as herein set forth, and as it may hereafter be amended from time to time.

1.27 “Postponed Retirement Date” means the date as of which the Participant commences his Postponed Retirement Benefit after his Normal Retirement Date as determined under the terms of the Qualified Plan.

1.28 “Qualified Plan” means the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time.

1.29 “Qualified Plan Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity” means the benefit paid to a Participant’s beneficiary under the Qualified Plan upon the Participant’s death prior to his annuity commencement date.

1.30 “Qualified Plan Retirement Income” means the benefit paid to a Participant under the Qualified Plan and includes retirement income payable upon Normal Retirement, Early Retirement or Postponed Retirement, by reason of disability or to an Employee who terminates employment with a vested interest in his Qualified Plan retirement income.

1.31 “Retirement Board” has the meaning provided under the Qualified Plan.

1.32 “Retirement Income” means the retirement benefits provided to Participants and their joint or contingent annuitants in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Plan and shall include the Excess Retirement Income payable pursuant to Article 4. Effective December 31, 2015, Retirement Income is frozen and shall not increase thereafter, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the amount of the Retirement Income, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

1.33 “Separation from Service” means the Participant has terminated employment (other than by death or Disability) with the Company and each Affiliated Employer, subject to the following:

(a) For this purpose, the employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while the individual is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence (such as temporary employment by the government) if the period of such leave does not exceed six (6) months or, if longer, so long as the individual’s right to reemployment with the Company or an Affiliated Employer is provided either by statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds six (6) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not provided either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such six-month period.

(b) The determination of whether a Participant has terminated employment shall be determined based on the facts and circumstances in accordance with the rules set forth in Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

1.34 “Specified Employee” means a Participant who, as of the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service, is a key employee of the Company or an Employer. For purposes of this Plan, a Participant is a key employee if the Participant meets the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12‑month period ending on the December 31st of a Plan Year. If a Participant is a key employee as of such December 31st, the Participant is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Plan for the entire 12‑month period beginning on the next following April 1st.

1.35 “Surviving Spouse” means a spouse to whom the Participant is lawfully married on the date of the Participant’s death, for purposes of determining the individual entitled to a benefit under Article 7 with respect to a death occurring prior to April 1, 2012.

1.36 “Years of Service or Fraction Thereof” means a continuous 12-month period or fraction thereof for each full day of active employment commencing on the Participant’s date of hire or on the anniversary thereof. After December 31, 2015, additional Years of Service or Fraction Thereof are taken into account only for purposes of determining a Participant’s Early Retirement Date (if any) and to determine the applicable reduction factors for a benefit commencing prior to Normal Retirement Date.

Article 2
Participation

2.

Effective as of April 1, 2012, Employees who are members of the Qualified Plan and whose benefits under the Qualified Plan are limited by reason of the application of the limitations imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall become Participants in this Plan. Prior to April 1, 2012, Employees who are members of the Qualified Plan and whose benefits under the Qualified Plan are limited by reason of the application of the limitations imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code or Section 415 of the Code shall become Participants in this Plan. A Participant who, prior to April 1, 2012, became a Participant in the Plan solely by reason of the application of the limitations imposed by Section 415 of the Code and who, on and after April 1, 2012, no longer meets the eligibility requirements of the Plan, shall not accrue a benefit under the Plan on and after April 1, 2012 until such time (if ever) that he again meets the eligibility requirements under the Plan.

Unless otherwise specified in an applicable stock or asset purchase or sales agreement between the Company and another entity, the accruals for any Participant who is an Employee or former Employee of an entity divested by or sold by the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall cease, and such individual shall not accrue additional benefits, or additional service for determining eligibility for any normal or early retirement benefit under Article 4, thereafter, unless he shall later become eligible upon rehire to participate in the Plan.

For clarity, effective April 1, 2012, an individual employed by VALIC as a Field Sales Employee, Regional Manager (including Assistant Regional Manager, Associate Regional Manager, District Manager, Branch Manager, and Unit Manager) or Client Services Specialist became eligible to participate in the Qualified Plan and therefore became eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the additional participation requirements of this Article 2 and the Plan.

No individual shall become a Participant after December 31, 2015.

Article 3
Retirement and Other Benefits

3.

3.1 Normal Retirement, Postponed Retirement and Disability Retirement. A Participant in the Plan who has a Separation from Service on his Normal or Postponed Retirement Date shall be entitled to receive the Excess Normal or Postponed Retirement Income, as applicable, as described in Article 4. If a Participant incurs a Disability, the Participant shall be entitled to receive the Excess Disability Retirement Income described in Section 4.5.

3.2 Early Retirement. For a Separation from Service occurring on or after April 1, 2012, if a Participant has a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement (other than by death or by incurring a Disability) on or after age 60 and with 5 Years of Service or Fraction Thereof or on or after age 55 with 10 or more Years of Service or Fraction Thereof (in each case referred to as “Early Retirement”), an Excess Retirement Income will be payable in accordance with Section 4.3. For a Separation from Service occurring prior to April 1, 2012, (i) if a Participant has a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement (other than by death or by incurring a Disability) on or after age 60 and with 5 Years of Service or Fraction Thereof, an Excess Early Retirement Income will be payable in accordance with Section 4.3, and (ii) if a Participant has a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement (other than by death or incurring a Disability), on or after age 55 with 10 or more years of Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan), an Excess Retirement Income will be payable in accordance with Section 4.3 unless, in its sole discretion, the Committee determines that a benefit shall not be payable to the Participant. In determining the number of years of Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) and the number of Years of Service or Fraction Thereof for a Participant listed in Schedule A, for purposes of this Section 3.2, the number of years of Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) and the number of Years of Service or Fraction Thereof occurring during the Freeze Period as defined in Section 4.6 shall be included. With respect to a Separation from Service occurring on or after July 14, 2015, in determining the number of Years of Service or Fraction Thereof for a Participant, who is not covered by the American International Group, Inc. 2012 Executive Severance Plan (the “ESP”), solely for purposes of this Section 3.2 and Section 5, the period of time, if any, during which a Participant is to receive severance in the form of salary continuation (not to exceed one year) shall be included. With respect to Participants who are covered under the ESP, solely for purposes of this Section 3.2 and Section 5, Years of Service or Fraction Thereof shall include the period of time of that the ESP specifies shall be included.

3.3 Death. If such a Participant dies prior to the commencement of benefits such that a death benefit is payable under the terms of the Qualified Plan, a death benefit shall be payable in accordance with Section 7.1; provided, however, that, except as hereinafter provided, no death benefit is payable if the Participant dies after termination of employment prior to his Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an individual who (i) is a Participant in the Plan by reason of the merger of The Hartford Steam Boiler Excess Retirement Benefit Plan (the “HSB Excess Plan”), the Restoration of Retirement Income Plan for Certain Employees Participating in the Restated American General Retirement

Plan (the “AG Restoration Plan”) or the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Pension Plan (the “20th Century Supplemental Plan”) into this Plan, (ii) terminates employment with a vested interest in his or her accrued benefit under the HSB Excess Plan, the AG Restoration Plan or the 20th Century Supplemental Plan, as applicable, prior to eligibility for Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement under this Plan, and (iii) dies prior to the commencement of Excess Retirement Income, a death benefit shall be payable to the Participant’s surviving spouse to the extent provided in the HSB Excess Plan as set forth in Appendix B, the AG Restoration Plan as set forth in Appendix A or the 20th Century Supplemental Plan as set forth in Appendix C, to the extent applicable to a Participant, with such benefit to commence within 90 days of the later of the date the Participant would have attained age 55 or the Participant’s date of death.

3.4 Merger of the AG Restoration Plan. Effective as of July 1, 2005, the AG Restoration Plan was merged into this Plan. Any benefit a Participant had accrued as of the date of such merger under the AG Restoration Plan shall be payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan as set forth herein.

The AG Restoration Plan is attached as Appendix A to the Plan. Appendix A is only operational to the extent referenced in the Plan (exclusive of Appendix A) or incorporated by reference in the Plan (exclusive of Appendix A).

Notwithstanding the foregoing or Article 5, a Participant shall be vested in his benefit accrued under the AG Restoration Plan to the extent provided in the AG Restoration Plan as set forth in Appendix A.

3.5 Merger of the HSB Excess Plan. Effective as of January 1, 2005, the HSB Excess Plan was merged into this Plan. Any benefit a Participant had accrued as of the date of such merger under the HSB Excess Plan shall be payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan as set forth herein.

The HSB Excess Plan is attached as Appendix B to the Plan. Appendix B is only operational to the extent referenced in the Plan (exclusive of Appendix B) or incorporated by reference in the Plan (exclusive of Appendix B).

Notwithstanding the foregoing or Article 5, a Participant shall be vested in his benefit accrued under the HSB Excess Plan to the extent provided in the HSB Excess Plan as set forth in Appendix B.

3.6 Merger of the 20th Century Supplemental Plan. Effective as of January 1, 2008, the 20th Century Supplemental Plan was merged into this Plan. Any benefit a Participant had accrued as of the date of such merger under the 20th Century Supplemental Plan shall be payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan as set forth herein.

The 20th Century Supplemental Plan is attached as Appendix C to the Plan. Appendix C is only operational to the extent referenced in the Plan (exclusive of Appendix C) or incorporated by reference in the Plan (exclusive of Appendix C).

Notwithstanding the foregoing or Article 5, a Participant shall be vested in his benefit accrued under the 20th Century Supplemental Plan to the extent provided in the 20th Century Supplemental Plan as set forth in Appendix C.

3.7 Frozen Accrued Benefits for Certain Employees employed by ALICO Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries (“ALICO”). The accrued benefit (including eligibility for any early retirement subsidy) of each Participant who is an employee of ALICO as of November 1, 2010, the date the transactions described in the Stock Purchase Agreement entered into among the Company, ALICO Holdings LLC and MetLife, Inc. dated as of March 7, 2010 closed (the “Closing Date”), other than a Participant who is absent from work on such date due to a long-term disability or an unpaid medical leave of absence or leave due to a workplace injury covered by a workers’ compensation policy or program incurred more than six months prior to the sale (“ALICO Employee”), shall be frozen as of the Closing Date. The liability for the frozen accrued benefit of each ALICO Employee shall be transferred to a similar nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained by MetLife, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries, effective as of the Closing Date.

Article 4
Excess Retirement Income

4.

4.1 For a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service prior to April 1, 2012, subject to Section 6.3 , the Excess Normal Retirement Income payable to an eligible Participant in the Normal Form shall, commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date, be equal to the difference between (a) and (b) as stated below:

(a) the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon his Normal Retirement Date to which the Participant would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan, if such benefit were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(l7) and 415 and if such Qualified Plan Retirement Income were calculated using Average Final Compensation as defined herein;

(b) the sum of (i) the monthly amount of Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon his Normal Retirement Date to the Participant under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof after the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 (whether or not such benefits are actually paid at such date) and (ii) the AG Offset, if any.

4.2 Effective April 1, 2012, subject to Section 6.3, the Excess Normal Retirement Income payable to an eligible Participant in the form provided under Article 6, shall, commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date, be equal to the amount determined in (a), (b), or (c) below, as applicable. Effective December 31, 2015, the Plan is frozen; consequently, such amount shall not increase after December 31, 2015, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining such amount, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

(a) The Excess Normal Retirement Income payable to an eligible Participant (other than a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit or a Grandfathered Transition Benefit) shall be equal to the Participant’s Excess Account.

(b) The Excess Normal Retirement Income payable to a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greater of (A) or (B), where:

(A) equals the Excess Account, reduced by the AG Offset, if any, and

(B) the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit,

(c) The Excess Normal Retirement Income payable to a Participant eligible for a Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greatest of (A), (B), or (C), where:

(A) equals the Excess Account, reduced by the AG Offset, if any, and

(B) equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit, and

(C) equals the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit.

4.3 A Participant who is eligible for Early Retirement under Section 3.2 shall be entitled to the benefit determined in this Section 4.3. Effective December 31, 2015, the Plan is frozen; consequently, such benefit shall not increase after December 31, 2015, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining such benefit, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

(a) For a Separation from Service prior to April 1, 2012, subject to Section 6.3, if a Participant who is eligible for Early Retirement under Section 3.2 incurs a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Date (other than by death or Disability), an amount shall be payable under this Plan commencing as of such Early Retirement Date (the “Excess Early Retirement Income”). Such Excess Early Retirement Income payable in the Normal Form shall be equal to the difference between (i) and (ii) as stated below:

(i) the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon his Early Retirement Date to which the Participant would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan, if such benefit were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 and if such Qualified Plan Retirement Income were calculated using Average Final Compensation as defined herein;

(ii) the sum of (A) the monthly amount of Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon his Early Retirement Date to the Participant under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof after the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 (whether or not such benefits are actually paid at such date) and (B) the AG Offset.

If the Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the amounts computed under (i) and (ii) shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date under those sections, but reduced by 6‑2/3% for each year (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 65.

(b) Effective April 1, 2012, the Excess Early Retirement Income payable to an eligible Participant (other than a Participant Eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit or a Grandfathered Transition Benefit) in the form provided under Article 6 shall be equal to the Excess Account.

(c) Effective April 1, 2012, the Excess Early Retirement Income payable to a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greater of (A) or (B), where:

(A) equals the Excess Account reduced by the AG Offset, if any, and

(B) equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit.

(d) Effective April 1, 2012, the Excess Early Retirement Income payable to a Participant eligible for a Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greatest of (A), (B), or (C), where:

(A) equals the Excess Account, reduced by the AG Offset, if any, and

(B) equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit, and

(C) equals the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit.

(e) The Frozen Accrued Benefit and the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit shall be reduced to reflect early commencement by applying the early retirement factors set forth in the Qualified Plan.

(f) If the Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the Frozen Accrued Benefit and the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date, but reduced by 6‑2/3% for each of the first 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 65 and 3-1/3% for each year (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 60.

(g) For a Participant listed on Schedule A whose benefit is determined under Section 4.6(a), for purposes of determining what reduction factors apply under this Section 4.3, the number of years of Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) occurring during the Freeze Period shall be disregarded.

4.4 A Participant who is eligible for a benefit commencing on his Postponed Retirement Date under Section 3.1 shall be entitled to the benefit determined in this Section 4.4. Effective December 31, 2015, the Plan is frozen; consequently, such benefit shall not increase after December 31, 2015, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining such benefit, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

(a) For a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service prior to April 1, 2012, subject to Section 6.3, the amount payable to an eligible Participant in the Normal Form, commencing as of his Postponed Retirement Date (the “Excess Postponed Retirement Income”), shall be equal to the difference between (i) and (ii) as stated below:

(i) the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon his Postponed Retirement Date to which the Participant would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan, if such benefit were calculated under the Qualified Plan

without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 and if such Qualified Plan Retirement Income were calculated using Average Final Compensation as defined herein;

(ii) the sum of (A) the monthly amount of Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon his Postponed Retirement Date to the Participant under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof after the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 (whether or not such benefits are actually paid at such date) and (B) the AG Offset.

(b) Effective April 1, 2012, the Excess Postponed Retirement Income payable to an eligible Participant (other than a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit or a Grandfathered Transition Benefit) in the form provided under Article 6 shall be equal to the Excess Account, subject to Section 4.4(f).

(c) Effective April 1, 2012, the Excess Postponed Retirement Income payable to a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greater of (A) or (B), subject to Section 4.4(f), where:

(A) equals the Excess Account reduced by the AG Offset, and

(B) equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit.

(d) Effective April 1, 2012, the Excess Postponed Retirement Income payable to a Participant eligible for a Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greatest of (A), (B), or (C), subject to Section 4.4(f), where:

(A) equals the Excess Account reduced by the AG Offset, and

(B) equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit, and

(C) equals the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit.

(e) For clarity, if the late retirement factors set forth in the Qualified Plan apply in determining the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon a Participant’s Postponed Retirement referred to in Sections 4.4(a)(i) and (ii), 4.4(c)(B), and 4.4(d)(B) and (C), such late retirement factors shall apply in determining the amount of the Excess Postponed Retirement Income payable hereunder for a Participant listed on Schedule A whose benefit is determined under Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b).

(f) The Excess Accounts for purposes of determining the amounts in Sections 4.4(b), 4.4(c), and 4.4(d) shall be increased by the excess (if any) of (i) the Excess Account at Normal Retirement Date increased by the late retirement factors set forth in the Qualified Plan in Section 2.14(b)(iii) over (ii) the Excess Account at the Postponed Retirement Date. The Grandfathered Accrued Benefit and the Frozen Accrued Benefit shall be increased after Normal

Retirement Date by applying the late retirement factors set forth in Appendix C of the Qualified Plan.

4.5 A Participant who is eligible for Disability Retirement under Section 3.1 shall be entitled to the benefit determined in this Section 4.5. Effective December 31, 2015, the Retirement Income for a Participant who is eligible for Disability Retirement shall not increase after December 31, 2015, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the amount of the Disability Retirement benefit, except for amounts related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan). For clarity, a Participant who incurs a Disability, regardless of the date of Disability, shall cease receiving further accruals as of December 31, 2015, and any Participant who incurs a Disability after that date shall be entitled only to his frozen accrued benefit as of December 31, 2015 (increased, if applicable, by any amount attributable to Interest Credits, as defined in the Qualified Plan).

(a) For a Participant who is determined to have incurred a Disability prior to April 1, 2012 and prior to his Normal Retirement Date (including a Participant who is determined to have incurred a Disability prior to his Early Retirement Date), subject to Section 6.3, an amount shall be payable in accordance with the terms of this Plan on such Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (the “Excess Disability Retirement Income”). The Excess Disability Retirement Income payable in the Normal Form shall be equal to the difference between (i) and (ii) as stated below:

(i) the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable by reason of disability to which the Participant would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan, if such benefit were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 and if such Qualified Plan Retirement Income were calculated using Average Final Compensation as defined herein;

(ii) the sum of (X) the monthly amount of Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable by reason of disability to the Participant under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof as of such Participant’s Normal Retirement Date after the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 (whether or not such benefits are actually paid at such date) and (Y) the AG Offset.

(b) The Excess Disability Retirement Income payable to an eligible Participant incurring a Disability on or after April 1, 2012 (other than a Participant Eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit or a Grandfathered Transition Benefit) shall be equal to the Excess Account.

(c) The Excess Disability Retirement Income payable to a Participant incurring a Disability on or after April 1, 2012 eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greater of (A) or (B), where:

(A) equals the Excess Account reduced by the AG Offset, and

(B) equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance and the Frozen Accrued Benefit.

(d) The Excess Disability Retirement Income payable to a Participant incurring a Disability on or after April 1, 2012 eligible for a Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greatest of (A), (B), or (C), where:

(A) equals the Excess Account reduced by the AG Offset, and

(B) equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit, and

(C) equals the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit.

4.6 Restriction on Benefit Accruals for Certain Participants.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, pursuant to rules established by the U.S. Treasury Department’s special pay master (“Special Pay Master”), the benefit accruals of Participants listed in Schedule A shall freeze effective as of the date provided therein, and no benefit shall accrue under the Plan with respect to such Participants during the period set forth in Schedule A (“Freeze Period”) as may be amended from time to time pursuant to rules established by the Special Pay Master. For purposes of determining the amounts described under Sections 4.1(a), 4.3(a), 4.4(a), and 4.5(a) for a Participant listed in Schedule A, the Freeze Period shall be disregarded in determining Credited Service as defined in the Qualified Plan and Average Final Compensation as defined herein. For purposes of determining the amounts described under Sections 4.1(b), 4.3(b), 4.4(b), and 4.5(b) for a Participant listed in Schedule A, the Freeze Period shall be disregarded in determining Credited Service and Average Final Compensation, each as defined in the Qualified Plan.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the benefit payable to a Participant listed on Schedule A shall be the lesser of the amount determined under Section 4.6(a) or the amount determined without regard to Section 4.6(a).

4.7 Actuarial equivalence. For purposes of determining the benefit payable under Sections 4.2(b) and (c), 4.3(c) and (d), 4.4(c) and (d), and 4.5(c) and (d), amounts payable as an annuity shall be converted to a lump-sum applying the factors that apply under the Qualified Plan for such purpose with respect to the Qualified Plan benefit.

Article 5
Vesting

5.

A Participant shall have a nonforfeitable right to Excess Retirement Income under this Plan at such time that he attains his Normal Retirement Date. In addition, a Participant shall have a nonforfeitable right to Excess Retirement Income if he is eligible for Early Retirement pursuant to Section 3.2. Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan), Years of Service or Fraction Thereof, and participation occurring during the Freeze Period as defined in Section 4.6 for a Participant listed on Schedule A shall be included in determining whether a Participant is vested, pursuant to this Article 5. Years of Service or Fraction Thereof occurring after December 31, 2015 shall also be included for determining whether a Participant is vested pursuant to this Article 5. Years of Service or Fraction Thereof with respect to the period of time, if any, during which a Participant who is not covered by the ESP is to receive severance in the form of salary continuation or during which the ESP specifies a Participant who is covered by the ESP must receive credit under this Article 5 shall be included in determining whether a Participant is vested pursuant to this Article 5.

A Participant who terminates employment prior to attaining his Early or Normal Retirement Date, other than by reason of Disability (as provided for in Section 4.5), shall have no rights or claims to Retirement Income under this Plan as of his date of termination. In the case of death, a Participant’s Designated Beneficiary may have a claim for benefits in accordance with Article 3 and Article 7.

Article 6
Modes of Benefit Payment

6.

6.1 Except as provided in Section 6.2, any Excess Retirement Income payable under this Plan accrued prior to April 1, 2012 shall be paid in the Normal Form, and any Excess Retirement Income payable under the Plan accrued on and after April 1, 2012 shall be paid in a lump sum. If a Participant dies prior to the commencement of benefits under the Plan, no benefits will be payable under the Plan except as specified in Article 7.

6.2 Only with respect to amounts accrued prior to April 1, 2012, in lieu of the Normal Form, a Participant may elect payment in an optional form of payment to the extent provided herein. The optional forms of benefits under the Plan shall include any of the annuity optional forms of benefits available under the Qualified Plan except for the Social Security Adjustment Option. Optional forms of benefit shall be actuarially equivalent to the Normal Form of benefit determined in accordance with the actuarial equivalent factors in effect under the Qualified Plan as of the date payment is to be made.

A Participant may elect an optional form of payment on a form provided by the Committee for such purpose. A Participant who has elected an annuity form of payment (or for whom the Normal Form of payment is in effect) may, at any time prior to Separation from Service or, in the case of Disability, prior to Normal Retirement Date, elect another form of annuity payment available under the Qualified Plan provided that such other form of payment is actuarially equivalent based on the actuarial equivalent factors in effect under the Qualified Plan as of the date payment is to be made. In the absence of any such an election, payment shall be made in the Normal Form.

6.3 Except as hereinafter provided or as provided in Section 6.4, payment of Excess Retirement Income under this Plan shall commence (or, for amounts accrued on and after April 1, 2012, shall be paid) within 90 days after the Participant incurs a Separation from Service with the Employer and each Affiliated Employer by reason of Normal, Early or Postponed Retirement. If the Participant terminates employment by reason of Disability Retirement, payment of Excess Retirement Income shall commence at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. Provided further that if the Participant is a Specified Employee when such Participant incurs a Separation from Service, such Participant’s Excess Retirement Income (except in the case of Disability Retirement) shall commence to be paid six months after the Participant separates from service. To the extent that monthly payments are delayed by reason of the foregoing six-month delay, such delayed monthly payments shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum amount when his Excess Retirement Income commences adjusted with interest at an annual rate of 5%. To the extent that a lump sum payment is delayed by reason of the foregoing six month delay, such delayed payment shall be adjusted with interest at an annual rate of 5%.

6.4 Special Commencement Date Rules for Certain Participants. This Section 6.4 provides special rules for determining the commencement date of Excess Retirement Income benefits for certain participants, as follows:

(a) Except as described in (b), (c) or (d) below, in the case of a Participant who terminated employment with a vested right to Excess Retirement Income prior to January 1, 2008 (other than by reason of Disability Retirement) and who has not commenced receiving such Excess Retirement Income benefit by January 1, 2009, such Participant shall commence his or her Excess Retirement Income as of March 1, 2009.

(b) In the case of an individual who (i) is a Participant in the Plan by reason of the merger of the HSB Excess Plan into this Plan; (ii) has a vested interest in his or her accrued benefit under the HSB Excess Plan and (iii) terminates employment prior to eligibility for Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement under this Plan, such Participant shall commence payment of such HSB Excess Retirement Plan benefit within 90 days after the attainment of age 60 if such Participant terminated employment prior to age 55 or within 90 days after Separation from Service (but not earlier than six months after Separation from Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee) if such Participant terminates employment at or after age 55. To the extent that monthly payments are delayed by reason of the foregoing six-month delay, such delayed monthly payments shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum amount when his Excess Retirement Income commences adjusted with interest at an annual rate of 5%.

If a Participant is described in (i) or (ii) above, but has, however, terminated employment after qualifying for Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement, such Participant’s Excess Retirement Income shall be paid as specified in Section 6.3, subject to Section 6.4(e).

(c) In the case of an individual who (i) is a Participant in the Plan by reason of the merger of the AG Restoration Plan into this Plan; (ii) has a vested interest in his or her accrued benefit under the AG Restoration Plan and (iii) terminates employment prior to eligibility for Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement under this Plan, such Participant shall commence payment of such AG Restoration Plan benefit within 90 days after the attainment of age 55 if such Participant had earned 10 or more Years of Credited Service or within 90 days after the attainment of age 60 if such Participant had earned less than 10 Years of Credited Service (but not earlier than six months after Separation from Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee). To the extent that monthly payments are delayed by reason of the foregoing six-month delay, such delayed monthly payments shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum amount when his Excess Retirement Income commences adjusted with interest at an annual rate of 5%.

(d) In the case of an individual who (i) is a Participant in the Plan by reason of the merger of the 20th Century Supplemental Plan into this Plan; (ii) has a vested interest in his or her accrued benefit under the 20th Century Supplemental Plan and (iii) terminates employment prior to eligibility for Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement under this Plan, such Participant shall commence payment of such 20th Century Supplemental Plan benefit within 90 days of the attainment of age 55 if such Participant had earned 10 or more Years of

Credited Service or within 90 days of the attainment of age 60 if such Participant had earned less than 10 Years of Credited Service (but not earlier than six months after Separation from Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee). To the extent that monthly payments are delayed by reason of the foregoing six-month delay, such delayed monthly payments shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum amount when his Excess Retirement Income commences adjusted with interest at an annual rate of 5%.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, this Amendment shall not have the effect of accelerating payment of a benefit into the 2008 calendar year which, in the absence of this Amendment, would be paid after December 31, 2008. Any benefit which would be paid in 2008 (or earlier) as the result of this Amendment shall be paid instead as of March 1, 2009. This Amendment shall not have the effect of deferring payment of a benefit beyond 2008 if, in the absence of this Amendment, such benefit would be paid in 2008.

Article 7
Death Benefits

7.

7.1 Effective December 31, 2015, the Plan is frozen; subsequently, the death benefits described in this Article 7 shall not increase after December 31, 2015, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the amount of the death benefits, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan). Upon the death of (i) a Participant who has not terminated from employment prior to his Normal, Early, or Postponed Retirement Date, or (ii) a Participant who terminates employment on a Normal, Early, or Postponed Retirement Date and dies prior to the date benefits commence under the Plan, if a Qualified Plan Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity is payable under the Qualified Plan to the Surviving Spouse or, for deaths occurring on or after April 1, 2012, to the Participant’s beneficiary under the Qualified Plan, an amount (the “Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity”) shall be payable to the Surviving Spouse or, for deaths occurring on or after April 1, 2012, the Designated Beneficiary under this Plan.

(a) For deaths occurring prior to April 1, 2012, the monthly amount of the Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity payable to a Surviving Spouse shall be equal to (i) less (ii) less (iii) as stated below:

(i) the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity to which the Surviving Spouse would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof as of the date of death or, if later, as of the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the date the Participant would have attained age 55, if such benefit were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 and if such Qualified Plan Pre‑Retirement Survivor Annuity were calculated using Average Final Compensation as defined herein; less

(ii) the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity payable to the Surviving Spouse under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof as of the date of death, or, if later, as of the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the date the Participant would have attained age 55 after the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 (whether or not such benefits are actually paid as of such date); less

(iii) the AG Offset, if any.

For purposes of (ii) and (iii) above, if the Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the amounts computed under (ii) and (iii) shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date under those sections, but reduced by 6‑2/3% for each of the first 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that payment precedes age 65 and 3‑1/3% for each year (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that payment precedes age 60.

For a Participant listed on Schedule A whose benefit is determined under Section 7.4(a), for purposes of determining what reduction factors apply for purposes of this Section 7.1, the

number of years of Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) occurring during the Freeze Period shall be disregarded.

(b) For a death occurring on or after April 1, 2012, an Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable to an eligible Participant’s Designated Beneficiary.

(i) For the Designated Beneficiary of an eligible Participant (other than a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit or a Grandfathered Transition Benefit), the amount of the Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be equal to the Excess Account.

(ii) For the Designated Beneficiary of an eligible Participant who is eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit, the amount of the Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be equal to the Excess Account, reduced by the AG Offset.

(iii) For the Designated Beneficiary of an eligible Participant who is eligible for a Grandfathered Transition Benefit, the amount of the Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be equal to the greater of (X) the Excess Account, reduced by the AG Offset, or (Y) the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit reduced to reflect early commencement, if applicable, by applying the early retirement factors set forth in the Qualified Plan, reduced by the AG Offset. If the participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date, but reduced by 6‑2/3% for each of the first 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that payment preceded age 65 and 3‑1/3% for each year (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that payment preceded age 60. For a Participant listed on Schedule A whose benefit is determined under Section 7.4(a), for purposes of determining what reduction factors apply for purposes of this Section 7.1, the number of years of Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) occurring during the Freeze Period shall be disregarded.

(c) Actuarial equivalence. For purposes of determining the benefit payable under Section 7.1(b)(iii), amounts payable as an annuity shall be converted to a lump-sum applying the factors that apply under the Qualified Plan for such purpose with respect to the Qualified Plan benefit at the time such benefit commences.

7.2 For a death occurring prior to April 1, 2012, any Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable over the lifetime of the Surviving Spouse in monthly installments commencing after the Participant’s date of death or, if later, within 90 days after the date the Participant would have attained age 55 and ceasing with the last monthly payment made prior to the Surviving Spouse’s death. For a Participant other than a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit or a Grandfathered Transition Benefit, for a death occurring on and after April 1, 2012, any Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable in a single lump sum to the Designated Beneficiary within 90 days after the death of the Participant. For a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit, for a death occurring on or after April 1, 2012, (i) the Excess Opening Account Balance shall be payable over the lifetime of the Designated Beneficiary in monthly installments commencing after the Participant’s date of death

or, if later, within 90 days after the date the Participant would have attained age 55 and ceasing with the last monthly payment made prior to the Designated Beneficiary’s death, and (ii) benefits accrued on or after April 1, 2012 shall be payable in a single lump sum to the Designated Beneficiary within 90 days after the death of the Participant. For a Participant eligible for a Grandfathered Transition Benefit, for a death occurring on or after April 1, 2012, (i) the Frozen Accrued Benefit shall be payable over the lifetime of the Designated Beneficiary in monthly installments commencing after the Participant’s date of death or, if later, within 90 days after the date the Participant would have attained age 55 and ceasing with the last monthly payment made prior to the Designated Beneficiary’s death, and (ii) benefits accrued on or after April 1, 2012 shall be payable in a single lump sum to the Designated Beneficiary within 90 days after the death of the Participant.

7.3 Except as provided in Section 3.3, upon the death of a Participant who terminated from employment prior to his Normal, Early, Postponed or Disability Retirement Date, no Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable to such Participant’s Surviving Spouse or Designated Beneficiary under this Plan. Except as provided in Article 6, with respect to a Participant who has retired and commenced receiving a benefit in a form that provides for continuation after the Participant’s death, no other death benefits shall be payable from the Plan.

7.4 Restriction for Certain Participants.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, for purposes of determining the amount payable under Section 7.1 with respect to a Participant listed on Schedule A, the Freeze Period as defined in Section 4.6 shall be disregarded in determining (i) Credited Service as defined in the Qualified Plan and Average Final Compensation as defined herein, for purposes of determining the amount under Section 7.1(a), and (ii) Credited Service and Average Final Compensation, each as defined in the Qualified Plan, for purposes of determining the amount under Section 7.1(b).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the benefit payable to the Surviving Spouse or Designated Beneficiary of a Participant listed on Schedule A shall be the lesser of the amount determined under Section 7.4(a) or the amount determined under the Plan without regard to Section 7.4(a).

Article 8
Liability of the Company

8.

8.1 The benefits of this Plan shall be paid by the Employer and shall not be funded prior to the time paid to the Participant, Designated Beneficiary, Surviving Spouse or joint or contingent annuitant designated by the Participant, unless and except as expressly provided otherwise by the Company. For clarity, the Company may, in its sole discretion, establish a grantor trust, escrow agreement or similar arrangement, subject to the claims of general creditors, to provide a source of funds to assist it in meeting its liabilities under the Plan.

8.2 A Participant who is vested in a benefit under this Plan shall be an unsecured creditor of the Employer as to the payment of any benefit under this Plan.

Article 9
Administration of the Plan

9.

9.1 Except for the functions reserved to the Company, the Retirement Board, or the Employee Benefits Department of the Company, [or the ] the administration of the Plan shall be the responsibility of the Committee.

9.2 In its role as Plan Administrator, the Committee shall have the power and the duty to take all actions and to make all decisions necessary or proper to carry out the Plan. The determination of the Committee as to any question involving the general administration and interpretation of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding. Any discretionary actions to be taken under the Plan by the Committee shall be uniform in their nature and applicable to all persons similarly situated. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee, in its role as Plan Administrator, shall have the following powers and duties:

(a) To furnish to all Participants, upon request, copies of the Plan; and to require any person to furnish such information as it may request for the purpose of the proper administration of the Plan as a condition to receiving any benefits under the Plan;

(b) To make and enforce such rules and regulations and prescribe the use of such forms as it shall deem necessary for the efficient administration of the Plan;

(c) To interpret the Plan, and to resolve ambiguities, inconsistencies and omissions, which findings shall be binding, final and conclusive;

(d) To decide on questions concerning the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan;

(e) The power to delegate its role as Plan Administrator to a person who may or may not be a member of the Committee for the purpose of ERISA; if the Committee does not so designate an Administrator, the Committee shall be the Plan Administrator;

(f) To allocate any such powers and duties to or among individual members of the Committee; and

(g) To designate persons other than Committee members to carry out any duty or power which would otherwise be a responsibility of the Committee or Administrator, under the terms of the Plan.

9.3 To the extent permitted by law, the Committee and any person to whom it may delegate any duty or power in connection with administering the Plan, the Employer, and the officers and directors thereof, shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon, and shall be fully protected in any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in the reliance upon, any actuary, counsel , accountant, other specialist, or other person selected by the Committee, or in reliance upon any tables, valuations, certificates, opinions or reports which shall be furnished by any of

them. Further, to the extent permitted by law, no member of the Committee, nor the Employer, nor the officers or directors thereof, shall be liable for any neglect, omission or wrongdoing of any other members of the Committee, agent, officer or employee of an Employer. Any person claiming under the Plan shall look solely to the Employer for redress.

9.4 All expenses incurred prior to the termination of the Plan that shall arise in connection with the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to administrative expenses, proper charges and disbursements, compensation and other expenses and charges of any actuary, counsel, accountant, specialist, or other person who shall be employed by the Committee in connection with the administration thereof, shall be paid by the Employer.

9.5 Claims Procedure.

(a) In General

(i) Application. The claims procedures in Section 9.5(b) of the Plan apply to all claims for benefits of any kind other than claims related to disability benefits that are governed by the claims procedures in Section 9.5(c) of the Plan.

(ii) Filing of a Claim. A Participant, beneficiary, or other individual must file a claim for benefits under the Plan by filing a written claim, identified as a claim for benefits, with the Retirement Board (Employee Benefits Department in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan). In addition, the Retirement Board (Employee Benefits Department in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) may treat any other written communication received by it as a claim for benefits, even if the writing or communication is not identified as a claim for benefits. In addition, a Participant, beneficiary, or other individuals alleging a violation of or seeking a remedy under any provision of the Act, other applicable law, the terms or the Plan, or asserting any other claims that arise under or in connection with the Plan shall also be subject to and must file any and all such claims under the claims procedure described in this Section 9.5 of the Plan.

(iii) Approval of a Claim. A claim is considered approved only if its approval is communicated in writing to a claimant. If a claimant does not receive a response to a claim for benefits within the applicable time period, the claimant may proceed with an appeal under the procedures described in Section 9.5(b) and (c), as applicable.

(iv) Claims Procedures Mandatory in All Cases. A claimant must follow the claims procedures (including both the initial determination and review processes) set forth in this Section 9.5 of the Plan before taking action in any other forum regarding a claim of any kind under or related to the Plan. Any such suit or action shall be filed within one year of the time the claim arises or it shall be deemed waived and abandoned. Also, any suit or action will be subject to such limitation period as applies under the Act or other applicable law, measured from the date a claim arises.

(v) Discretionary Acts. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Retirement Board (Employee Benefits Department in the case of a claim governed by

Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. In exercising its discretionary powers under the Plan, the Retirement Board (Employee Benefits Department in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) will have the broadest discretion permissible under the Act and any other applicable laws and its decisions will be final and binding upon all persons affected thereby.

(vi) Delegation of Authority. The Retirement Board (Employee Benefits Department in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) may, in its sole discretion, delegate any and all authority under this Section 9.5 of the Plan, in any manner. Any delegation of some or all of the Retirement Board's (Employee Benefits Department's in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) authority under this Section 9.5 of the Plan shall, unless otherwise provided in the Retirement Board's ((Employee Benefits Department's in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) delegation, be empowered with the same discretion and authority as granted to the Retirement Board (Employee Benefits Department in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) under this Section 9.5 of the Plan.

(b) Non-Disability Claims

(i) Initial Claims. The Retirement Board will decide a claim within 90 days of the date on which the claim is received by the Retirement Board, unless special circumstances require a longer period for adjudication and the claimant is notified in writing, prior to the expiration of the 90-day period, of the reasons for an extension of time and the expected decision date. If the Retirement Board fails to notify the claimant of its decision to grant or deny such claim within the time specified by this paragraph, the claimant may request the review of his or her claim pursuant to the claims review procedures set forth in Section 9.5(b)(ii) of the Plan. If a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the claimant must receive a written notice containing:

(A) the specific reason(s) for the adverse determination;

(B) a reference to the specific Plan provision(s) on which the adverse determination is based;

(C) a description of additional information necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim and an explanation of why such material is necessary; and

(D) an explanation of the procedure for review of the denied or partially denied claim set forth below, including the claimant's right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Act following an adverse benefit determination on review.

(ii) Review of Denied Claims. The claimant will have 60 days to request in writing a review of the denial of his or her claim by the Retirement Board (or, if the claimant has not received a response to the initial claim, within 150 days of the filing of the initial claim). The claimant or his duly authorized representative will have, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of all, documents,

records, and other information relevant to the claimant's claim for benefits. If the claimant files a request for review, his request must include a description of the issues and evidence he deems relevant. Failure to raise issues or present evidence on review will preclude those issues or evidence from being presented in any subsequent proceeding or judicial review of the claim. The review will take into account all available information, regardless of whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

The Retirement Board must render its decision on the review of the claim no more than 60 days after the Retirement Board's receipt of the request for review, except that this period may be extended for an additional 60 days if the Retirement Board determines that special circumstances (including, but not limited to, a hearing) require such extension. If an extension of time is required, written notice of the expected decision date and the reasons for the extension will be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 60-day period. If a review of a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the claim must receive a written notice containing:

(A) the specific reason(s) for the adverse determination;

(B) a reference to specific Plan provision(s) on which the adverse determination is based;

(C) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant's claim for benefits; and

(D) a statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Act.

(c) Disability Claims.

(i) Initial Claims. The Employee Benefits Department will decide a claim within 45 days of the date on which the claim is received by the Employee Benefits Department. If the Employee Benefits Department determines that an extension is necessary for reasons beyond its control, the Employee Benefits Department may extend this period for an additional 30 days by notifying the claimant of the reasons for the extension and the date when the claimant can expect to receive a decision The Employee Benefits Department may also extend this period for a second 30 day period by again complying with the requirements applicable to the initial 30-day extension. If an extension is provided in order to allow the claimant time to provide additional information necessary to review the claim, the response deadlines applicable to the Employee Benefits Department will be tolled until the earlier of the date 45 days after the date of the request for additional information or the date the Employee Benefits Department receives the additional information. If the Employee Benefits Department fails to notify the claimant of its decision to grant or deny such claim within the time specified by this paragraph, the claimant may request the review of his or her claim

pursuant to the claims review procedures set forth in Section 9.5(c)(ii) of the Plan. If a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the claimant must receive a written notice containing:

(A) the specific reason(s) for the adverse determination;

(B) a reference to the specific Plan provision(s) on which the adverse determination is based;

(C) a description of additional information necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim and an explanation of why such material is necessary;

(D) an explanation of the procedure for review of the denied or partially denied claim set forth below, including the claimant's right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Act following an adverse benefit determination on review;

(E) if applicable, any internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied on in making the adverse benefit determination (or a statement that such information is available free of charge upon request); and

(F) if the adverse benefit determination is based on a scientific or clinical exclusion or limit, an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to the claimant's circumstances (or a statement that such explanation is available free of charge upon request).

(ii) Review of Denied Claims. The claimant will have 180 days to request in writing a review of the denial of his or her claim by the Retirement Board. The claimant or his duly authorized representative will have, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of all, documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant's claim for benefits. If the claimant files a request for review, his request must include a description of the issues and evidence he deems relevant. Failure to raise issues or present evidence on review will preclude those issues or evidence from being presented in any subsequent proceeding or judicial review of the claim. The review will take into account all available information, regardless of whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination and will not afford deference to the initial disability determination.

In no event will the review be conducted by the person who made the initial determination or by a subordinate of such person. If the initial adverse benefit determination was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, including determinations with regard to whether a particular treatment, drug, or other item is experimental, investigational, or not medically necessary or appropriate, the Retirement Board shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment and who neither was consulted nor is the subordinate of an individual who was consulted in connection with the adverse benefit determination that is the subject of the claimant's request for

review. In addition, the reviewer shall provide for the identification of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the plan in connection with a claimant's adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination.

The Retirement Board must render its decision on the review of the claim no more than 45 days after the Retirement Board's receipt of the request for review, except that this period may be extended for an additional 45 days if the Retirement Board determines that special circumstances (including, but not limited to, a hearing) require such extension. If an extension of time is required, written notice of the expected decision date and the reasons for the extension will be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 45-day period. If an extension is provided in order to allow the claimant time to provide additional information necessary to review the claim, the response deadlines applicable to the Retirement Board will be tolled until the earlier of the date 45 days after the date of the request for additional information or the date the Retirement Board receives the additional information. If a review of a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the claim must receive a written notice containing:

(A) the specific reason(s) for the adverse determination;

(B) a reference to specific Plan provision(s) on which the adverse determination is based;

(C) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant's claim for benefits; and

(D) a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant's right to obtain the information about such procedures and a statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Act.

(E) if applicable, any internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse benefit determination (or a statement that such information will be provided free of charge upon request); and

(F) if the adverse benefit determination is based on medical necessity or an experimental care exclusion or similar exclusion or limit, an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to the claimant's medical circumstances (or a statement that such explanation is available free of charge upon request).

Article 10
Amendment or Termination of the Plan

10.

10.1 The Committee shall have the power to suspend or terminate this Plan in whole or in part at any time, and from time to time to extend, modify, amend, revise, or terminate this Plan in such respects as the Committee by resolution may deem advisable; provided that no such extension, modification, amendment, revision, or termination shall deprive a Participant or any beneficiary designated by a Participant of the vested portion of any benefit under this Plan.

Article 11
General Provisions

11.

11.1 This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer and any Employee or other person whether or not in the employ of the Employer, nor shall anything herein contained be deemed to give any Employee or other person whether or not in the employ of the Employer any right to be retained in the employ of the Employer, or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Employee at any time and to treat him without any regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon him as a Participant of the Plan.

11.2 Except as may otherwise be required by law, no distribution or payment under the Plan to any Participant, beneficiary, or joint or contingent annuitant, shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, whether voluntary or involuntary, and any attempt to so anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void; nor shall any such distribution or payment be in any way liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person entitled to such distribution or payment. If any Participant, beneficiary, or joint or contingent annuitant is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge any such distribution or payment, voluntarily or involuntarily, the Committee, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment or may hold or cause to be held or applied such distribution or payment or any part thereof to or for the benefit of such Participant, beneficiary, or joint or contingent annuitant in such manner as the Committee shall direct.

11.3 If the Employer determines that any person entitled to payments under the Plan is an infant or incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability, it may cause all payments thereafter becoming due to such person to be made to any other person for his benefit, without responsibility to follow application of amounts so paid. Payments made pursuant to this provision shall completely discharge the Plan, the Employer and the Committee.

11.4 The Employer shall be the sole source of benefits under this Plan, and each Employee, Participant, joint or contingent annuitant, beneficiary, or any other person who shall claim the right to any payment or benefit under this Plan shall be entitled to look only to the Employer for payment of benefits.

11.5 If the Employer is unable to make payment to any Participant or other person to whom a payment is due under the Plan because it cannot ascertain the identity or whereabouts of such Participant or other person after reasonable efforts have been made to identify or locate such person (including a notice of the payment so due mailed to the last known address of such Participant or other person shown on the records of the Employer), such payment and all subsequent payments otherwise due to such Participant or other person shall be forfeited twenty-four (24) months after the date such payment first became due; provided, however, that such payment and any subsequent payments shall be reinstated retroactively, no later than sixty (60) days after the date on which the Participant or person is identified or located.

11.6 The Employer shall have the right to deduct from each payment made under the Plan any amount required to satisfy its obligation to withhold federal, state and local taxes, if any.

11.7 The provisions of the Plan shall be construed, administered and governed under applicable Federal laws and the laws of the State of New York.

Appendix A

Restoration of Retirement Income Plan

For Certain Employees Participating

in the

Restated American General Retirement Plan

December 31, 1998 Restatement

(Incorporation November, 1991 Plan and Amendments thereof)

A-1

RESTORATION OF RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES PARTICIPATING IN THE
RESTATED AMERICAN GENERAL RETIREMENT PLAN

The RESTORATION OF RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES PARTICIPATING IN THE RESTATED AMERICAN GENERAL RETIREMENT PLAN (hereinafter referred to as the “Restoration Plan”) is hereby restated effective as of December 31, 1998 by AMERICAN GENERAL CORPORATION and its subsidiaries (hereinafter referred to as the “Employer,” jointly and severally). The Restoration Plan has been established to provide for the payment of certain pension and pension-related benefits to certain employees who are participants in the AMERICAN GENERAL RETIREMENT PLAN (hereinafter referred to as the “Basic Plan”). The Employer intends and desires to recognize the value to the Employer of the past and present services of employees covered by the Restoration Plan and to encourage and assure their continued service to the Employer by making more adequate provision for their future retirement security. All terms used in this Restoration Plan shall have the meanings assigned to them under the provisions of the Basic Plan unless otherwise qualified by the context.

1. Incorporation of the Basic Plan

The Basic Plan, with any amendments thereto, shall be attached hereto as Exhibit I and is hereby incorporated by reference into and shall form a part of this Restoration Plan as fully as if set forth herein verbatim. Any amendment made to the Basic Plan by the Employer shall also be incorporated by reference into and form a part of this Restoration Plan, effective as of the effective date of such amendment. The Basic Plan, whenever referred to in this Restoration Plan, shall mean the Basic Plan, as amended, as it exists as of the date any determination is made of benefits payable under this Restoration Plan.

2. Administration

This Restoration Plan shall be administered by the administrative committee (hereinafter referred to as the “Committee”) under the Basic Plan which shall administer it in a manner consistent with the administration of the Basic Plan, as from time to time amended and in effect, except that this Restoration Plan shall be administered as an unfunded plan that is not intended to meet the qualification requirements of section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Committee shall have full power and authority to interpret, construe and administer this Restoration Plan. No member of the Committee shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Restoration Plan unless attributable to his own willful misconduct or lack of good faith. Members of the Committee shall not participate in any action or determination regarding their own benefits hereunder.

A-2

3. Eligibility

Employees, excluding Career Agents, who are Highly Compensated Participants who are participating in the Basic Plan, and either (1) whose pension or pension-related benefits under the Basic Plan are limited pursuant to section 401(a)(17) or section 415 of the Code or (2) who are eligible to participate in the American General Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, shall be eligible for benefits under this Restoration Plan. In no event shall an employee who is not eligible for benefits under the Basic Plan be eligible for a benefit under this Restoration Plan.

4. Amount of Benefit

The benefit payable to an eligible employee or his beneficiary under this Restoration Plan shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the excess, if any, of (a) over (b):

(a) the benefit that would have been payable to such employee or on his behalf under the Basic Plan if such benefit were determined without regard to the maximum amount of benefit limitations of section 415 of the Code, without regard to the considered compensation limitations of section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as if the definition of Compensation under the Basic Plan as in effect on March 21, 1985 were applicable for the period January 1, 1985 through March 20, 1985 and as if the definition of Compensation included executive deferred compensation;

(b) the benefit which is in fact payable to such employee or on his behalf under the Basic Plan, as in effect from time to time.

5. Payment of Benefits

The benefit payable under this Restoration Plan on account of an eligible employee’s death shall be paid to the same beneficiary or beneficiaries and in the same form and at the same time or times as the limited benefits are payable to the employee’s beneficiary under the Basic Plan. The benefit payable under this Restoration Plan for any reason other than on account of an eligible employee’s death shall be payable in the form of a benefit for the life of the employee, beginning at his age sixty-five or, if later, his termination of employment with the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct that the benefit payable under this Restoration Plan shall be paid in the same form as, and coincident with, the payment of the limited benefit payments made to the eligible employee or on his behalf to his beneficiary or beneficiaries under the Basic Plan. Further, notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, if an eligible employee becomes entitled to a lump sum payment under Section 2.6 (or a successor section) of the American General Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, the employee shall receive the benefit payable under this Restoration Plan in the form of a lump sum amount, in cash, equal to the actuarial equivalent of such benefit. Such lump sum amount shall be paid within the five (5) business days immediately following termination of the employee’s employment.

6. Employee’s Rights

Except as otherwise specifically provided, an employee’s rights under this Restoration Plan, including his rights to vested benefits, shall be the same as his rights under the Basic Plan.

A-3

Benefits payable under this Restoration Plan shall be a general, unsecured obligation of the Employer to be paid by the Employer from its own funds, and such payments shall not (i) impose any obligation upon the Trust Fund under said Basic Plan; (ii) be paid from the Trust Fund under said Basic Plan; or (iii) have any effect whatsoever upon the Basic Plan or the payment of benefits from the Trust Fund under said Basic Plan. No employee or his beneficiary or beneficiaries shall have any title to or beneficial ownership in any assets which the Employer may earmark to pay benefits hereunder.

7. Amendment and Discontinuance

This Restoration Plan may be amended from time to time, or terminated and discontinued at any time, in each case at the discretion of the Board of Directors of American General Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made, nor shall this Restoration Plan be terminated in a manner which would reduce the benefits or rights to benefits of any employee accrued under the Restoration Plan (determined on the basis of each employee’s presumed termination of employment as of the date of such amendment or termination) prior to the later of the adoption or the effective date of such amendment or termination.

8. Restrictions on Assignment

The interest of an employee or his beneficiary or beneficiaries may not be sold, transferred, assigned, or encumbered in any manner, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be null and void; neither shall the benefits hereunder be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any person to whom such benefits or funds are payable, nor shall they be subject to garnishments, attachment, or other legal or equitable process nor shall they be an asset in bankruptcy.

9. Nature of Agreement

This Restoration Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded “excess benefit plan” within the meaning of sections 3(36) and 4(b)(5) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, with respect to a part of the Restoration Plan and an unfunded “deferred compensation plan” for a select group of management or highly-compensated employees within the meaning of sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, with respect to the remainder of the Restoration Plan. The adoption of this Restoration Plan and any setting aside of amounts by the Employer with which to discharge its obligations hereunder shall not be deemed to create a trust; legal and equitable title to any funds so set aside shall remain in the Employer, and any recipient of benefits hereunder shall have no security or other interest in such funds. Any and all funds so set aside shall remain subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Employer, present and future. This provision shall not require the Employer to set aside any funds, but the Employer may set aside such funds if it chooses to do so. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6 and 11 hereof and the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, American General Corporation may, in its discretion, establish a trust to pay amounts becoming payable pursuant to this Restoration Plan, which trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of American General

A-4

Corporation in the event of its bankruptcy or insolvency. Notwithstanding any establishment of such a trust, the Employer shall remain responsible for the payment of any amounts so payable which are not so paid by such trust.

10. Continued Employment

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as conferring upon any employee the right to continue in the employ of the Employer in any capacity.

11. Binding on Employer, Employees and Their Successors

This Restoration Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employer, its successors and assigns and the employee and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The provisions of this Restoration Plan shall be applicable with respect to each Employer separately, and amounts payable hereunder shall be paid by the Employer of the particular employee.

12. Employment with More Than One Employer

If any employee shall be entitled to benefits under the Basic Plan on account of service with more than one Employer, the obligations under this Restoration Plan shall be apportioned among such Employers on the basis of time of service with each, except that an Employer from whose employ such employee was transferred prior to his retirement, death or disability shall be obligated with respect to employment prior to such transfer only to the extent of an amount based on assumed pay increases in accordance with the scale used for computing the actuarial cost under the Basic Plan for the year of the transfer. If obligations are so limited, the remaining obligations shall be borne by the last Employer.

13. Laws Governing

This Restoration Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

EXECUTED as of the 31st day of December, 1998.

AMERICAN GENERAL CORPORATION

By:

Mark S. Berg

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

A-5

Appendix B

THE HARTFORD STEAM BOILER

Excess Retirement Benefit Plan

As Amended and Restated October 23, 1989

B-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I PURPOSE.................................................................................................................	B-3
ARTICLE II ELIGIBILITY..........................................................................................................	B-3
ARTICLE III AMOUNT AND PAYMENT OF BENEFIT.........................................................	B-3
ARTICLE IV UNFUNDED OBLIGATIONS, TRUST AGREEME...........................................	B-4
ARTICLE V TERMINATION AND MODIFICATION.............................................................	B-4
ARTICLE VI EFFECTIVE DATE...............................................................................................	B-4
ARTICLE VII CHANGE IN CONTROL.....................................................................................	B-4
ARTICLE VIII ASSIGNMENT AND ALIENATION................................................................	B-5

B-2

ARTICLE I
PURPOSE

The purpose of the Plan is to provide benefits that would have been provided under The Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Company Retirement Plan (hereinafter the “Retirement Plan”) but for the provisions of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code as referenced in Article IX of the Retirement Plan.

ARTICLE II
ELIGIBILITY

Eligibility to participate in this Plan shall be determined in accordance with the participation requirements contained in the Retirement Plan.

ARTICLE III
AMOUNT AND PAYMENT OF BENEFIT

The provisions of Articles I, II, III and VI of the Retirement Plan and any future amendments thereto are incorporated herein by reference and apply to the benefit provided herein insofar as they are not in conflict with the specific provisions contained under this Plan.

If a participant, except a Vested Terminated Participant (as defined under Section 1.36 of the Retirement Plan), has a spouse at the time benefit payments hereunder are scheduled to commence, benefits shall be paid to him in accordance with the Employee/Spouse Income Option described under Section 4.02(a) of the Retirement Plan.

If a Vested Terminated Participant has a spouse at the time benefit payments are scheduled to commence, benefits shall be paid to him in accordance with the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity described under Section 4.02(b) of the Retirement Plan.

If a participant, including a Vested Terminated Participant, does not have a spouse at the time benefit payments are scheduled to commence, benefits shall be paid to him in accordance with the Employee Only Income Option described under Section 4.03 of the Retirement Plan.

This Plan will provide a retirement benefit in an amount equal to the amount by which the retirement income, calculated in accordance with Article III of the Retirement Plan without regard to Article IX of the Retirement Plan, is reduced after applying the limitations of Article IX.

For a participant, other than a Vested Terminated Participant or a Disabled Participant, benefits shall commence on the first day of the month following participant’s actual retirement date. For a Vested Terminated Participant or a Disabled Participant benefits shall commence on the first day of the month following such participant’s Normal Retirement Date (as defined in the Plan).

B-3

ARTICLE IV
UNFUNDED OBLIGATIONS, TRUST AGREEMENT

The Company will pay from its general assets all payments to be made hereunder. However, the Company may in its discretion establish a trust, escrow agreement or similar arrangement in order to aid the Company in meeting its obligations hereunder.

Any assets transferred by the Company into any such arrangement shall remain at all times assets of the Company and subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company. No security interest in such assets shall be created in a participant’s favor and a participant’s rights under this Plan and under any such arrangement shall be those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

ARTICLE V
TERMINATION AND MODIFICATION

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time terminate or from time to time modify or suspend, and if suspended, may reinstate any or all of the provisions of this Plan except that no modification or termination of this Plan may reduce any benefit that has accrued under this Plan as of the date of modification or termination.

ARTICLE VI
EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date of this Plan shall be January 1, 1984.

ARTICLE VII
CHANGE IN CONTROL

In the event of a Change in Control of the Company this Plan shall continue to be binding upon the Company, any successor in interest to the Company and all persons in control of the Company or any successor thereto and no transaction or series of transactions shall have the effect of reducing or eliminating the benefits payable to a participant that have not been distributed unless consented to in writing by such affected participant. A “Change in Control” as referred to under this Section shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) any “person” (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

B-4

(b) during any period within two (2) consecutive years there shall cease to be a majority of the Board of Directors comprised as follows: individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors and any new director(s) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved; or

(c) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 80% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as hereinabove defined) acquires more than 25% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

(d) the shareholders of the Company approve (i) a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the Company assets.

ARTICLE VIII
ASSIGNMENT AND ALIENATION

Benefits under this Plan may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process. If any participant or beneficiary under this Plan becomes bankrupt or attempts to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge any benefit under this Plan, such benefit shall, in the discretion of the Committee, cease and terminate, in which event the Committee may hold or apply the same or any part thereof for the benefit of such participant, his beneficiary, his spouse, children, other dependants or any of such individuals, in such manner and in such proportion as the Committee may deem proper.

B-5

Appendix C

20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES

Supplemental Pension Plan

(RESTATEMENT NO. 1)

REV 5/1/98

C-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I PURPOSE ..........................................................................................................................			C-4
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................................			C-4
	2.1	"Committee"...................................................................................................................	C-4
	2.2	"Company".....................................................................................................................	C-4
	2.3	"Compensation"..............................................................................................................	C-4
	2.4	"Early Retirement Date".................................................................................................	C-5
	2.5	"Effective Date"..............................................................................................................	C-5
	2.6	"Eligible Employee".......................................................................................................	C-5
	2.7	"Normal Retirement Date".............................................................................................	C-5
	2.8	"Participant"...................................................................................................................	C-5
	2.9	"Plan"..............................................................................................................................	C-5
	2.10	"Plan Administrator"......................................................................................................	C-5
	2.11	"Plan Year".....................................................................................................................	C-5
	2.12	"Qualified Pension Plan"................................................................................................	C-5
	2.13	"Separation from Service"..............................................................................................	C-5
ARTICLE III ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION.........................................................................			C-6
	3.1	Eligibility to Participate..................................................................................................	C-6
	3.2	Certain Enrollment Procedures.......................................................................................	C-6
ARTICLE IV CALCULATION OF BENEFITS...................................................................................			C-6
	4.1	Benefits under this Plan..................................................................................................	C-6
	4.2	Benefit Formula..............................................................................................................	C-6
	4.3	Offset of Benefit under the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan..............................................................................................................	C-7
	4.4	Benefit Commencement at Early Retirement Date........................................................	C-7
ARTICLE V VESTING OF BENEFITS...............................................................................................			C-7
ARTICLE VI PAYMENT OF BENEFITS............................................................................................			C-7
	6.1	Date of Payment.............................................................................................................	C-7
	6.2	Form of Payment............................................................................................................	C-8
ARTICLE VII DEATH AND DISABILITY BENEFITS.....................................................................			C-8
	7.1	Death Benefit..................................................................................................................	C-8
	7.2	Disability Benefit...........................................................................................................	C-9
ARTICLE VIII RIGHT TO TERMINATE OR MODIFY PLAN.........................................................			C-9
ARTICLE IX NO ASSIGNMENT, ETC...............................................................................................			C-9
ARTICLE X THE COMMITTEE..........................................................................................................			C-10

C-2

ARTICLE XI RELEASE.......................................................................................................................			C-10
ARTICLE XII NO CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT........................................................................			C-11
ARTICLE XIII COMPANY'S OBLIGATION TO PAY BENEFITS...................................................			C-11
ARTICLE XIV CLAIM REVIEW PROCEDURE................................................................................			C-11
ARTICLE XV ARBITRATION............................................................................................................			C-12
ARTICLE XVI MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................................................................			C-13
	16.1	Successor and Assigns....................................................................................................	C-13
	16.2	Notices............................................................................................................................	C-13
	16.3	Limitations on Liability..................................................................................................	C-13
	16.4	Certain Small Benefits....................................................................................................	C-13
	16.5	Governing Law...............................................................................................................	C-13

C-3

ARTICLE I
PURPOSE

The purpose of the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is to attract and retain valuable executive employees by making available certain benefits that otherwise would be unavailable under the Company's Qualified Pension Plan.

This Plan is designed to qualify as an unfunded plan of deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees described in 29 CFR § 2520.104‑23 and Sections 201(a), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). Further, this Plan is a plan described in 4 U.S.C. Section 114 and Section 3121(v)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), established to pay retirement income after termination of employment, and maintained solely for the purpose of providing retirement benefits for employees in excess of the limitations imposed by one or more of Sections 401(a)(17), 401(k), 401(m), 402(g), 403(b), 408(k), or 415 of such Code or any other limitation on contributions or benefits in such Code on plans to which any of such Sections apply.

This instrument amends and restates the provisions of this Plan, this amendment and restatement to be effective as of January 1, 1996.

ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS

The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below in this Article II, when capitalized:

2.1 "Committee"

means the committee appointed to administer the Plan in accordance with Article X.

2.2 "Company"

means 20th Century Industries, and shall include any corporation that is affiliated with 20th Century Industries, and which, by designation by the Chief Executive Officer of 20th Century Industries, is included within the meaning of the term "Company," with the result that otherwise eligible executives of such entity may participate herein.

2.3 "Compensation"

means compensation as defined in the Qualified Pension Plan determined, however, without regard to the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) and prior to any reduction for compensation deferrals under the 20th Century Industries 401(k) Supplemental Plan, the 20th Century Industries Savings and Security Plan and any salary reduction pursuant to Code Section 125 or 129.

C-4

2.4 "Early Retirement Date"

means Early Retirement Date as defined in the Qualified Pension Plan.

2.5 "Effective Date"

means January 1, 1996.

2.6 "Eligible Employee"

means an employee of the Company who on or after the Effective Date has Compensation for a Plan Year in excess of the applicable limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code, except as provided in Section 3.2.

2.7 "Normal Retirement Date"

means Normal Retirement Date as defined in the Qualified Pension Plan.

2.8 "Participant"

means each Eligible Employee who has commenced to participate in this Plan in accordance with Article III.

2.9 "Plan"

means the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Pension Plan, as set forth herein.

2.10 "Plan Administrator"

means 20th Century Industries. For purposes of Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA, 20th Century Industries shall be the "plan administrator" and shall be responsible for compliance with any applicable reporting and disclosure requirements imposed by ERISA.

2.11 "Plan Year"

means the fiscal period commencing each January 1 and ending the following December 31.

2.12 "Qualified Pension Plan"

means the 20th Century Industries Pension Plan, as in effect from time to time.

2.13 "Separation from Service"

means any separation from service of the Company for any reason. In the case of a Participant on disability, Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur when long term disability coverage commences, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

C-5

ARTICLE III
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1 Eligibility to Participate

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.2 below, each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the later of the Effective Date or the date on which person becomes an Eligible Employee.

3.2 Certain Enrollment Procedures

As a condition of participation or continued participation in this Plan the Committee may require an Eligible Employee to deliver to the Committee such properly completed enrollment forms and agreements as the Committee may require. Such forms or agreements may permit an Eligible employee to designate a form of payment applicable to all benefits payable hereunder. Such designation shall be irrevocable, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, permits an Eligible Employee to change his or her election of payment method to a method providing payments over a longer period of time than originally elected by the Eligible Employee and which will not reasonably result in any increase in the amount otherwise payable in any taxable year of the Participant during which payment would have been made under the method of payment previously elected. No payment option shall be selected by a Participant which is not among a list of payment options generally made available to all Participants by the Committee at the time of such selection. No assurance regarding the tax effects of making such change is provided to a participant who elects to change a form of payment.

Commencement or recommencement of active participation or status as an Eligible Employee following any Separation from Service or other interruption of employment shall be on such terms and under such conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, provide.

ARTICLE IV
CALCULATION OF BENEFITS

4.1 Benefits under this Plan

A Participant's benefits under this Plan shall be calculated as provided in this Article IV, provided, however, that a Participant's eligibility to receive a benefit hereunder shall be subject to succeeding provisions of this Plan.

4.2 Benefit Formula

A Participant's benefit payable under this Plan, expressed in the form of an annual benefit payable commencing at the Participant's Normal Retirement Age and payable for the lifetime of the Participant, shall be equal to (a) minus (b) below where

C-6

(a) equals the benefit payable on the Participant's Normal Retirement Date determined in accordance with the terms of the Qualified Pension Plan (except that for purposes of this Subsection 4.2(a), the Participant's Compensation shall be determined under this Plan), and

(b) equals the benefit payable on the Participant's Normal Retirement Date determined in accordance with the terms of the Qualified Pension Plan.

4.3 Offset of Benefit under the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

If a Participant under this Plan is entitled to receive benefits under the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "SERP"), such Participant's benefit under this Plan shall be offset, but not below zero (0) by an amount equal to the actuarial equivalent of the SERP benefit.

4.4 Benefit Commencement at Early Retirement Date

If a Participant's benefit under this Plan commences to be paid on a Participant's Early Retirement Date, the benefit calculated as provided in Section 4.2 shall be reduced to reflect the longer anticipated period of time that such benefit is to be paid, and such reduction shall be determined in the same manner as a reduction is computed under the Qualified Pension Plan in the case of a Participant who retires under such Qualified Pension Plan at an Early Retirement Date.

ARTICLE V
VESTING OF BENEFITS

A Participant's interest in his benefit under this Plan shall become vested and nonforfeitable in accordance with the provisions of the Qualified Pension Plan (including provisions of the Qualified Pension Plan relating to vesting upon termination, partial termination or other vesting event under such plan). Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Article V, in the event of a Participant's Separation of Service following a “Change in Control” as such term is defined from time to time in the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, a Participant's interest in his or her benefits under the Plan shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable.

ARTICLE VI
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

6.1 Date of Payment

Except as otherwise provided in Article VII and subject to the provisions of Article V, a Participant's benefit hereunder, payable on account of a Separation from Service shall commence to be paid as soon as practicable following the later of (a) the date of such

C-7

Separation from Service or (b) the earlier of (i) the date on which the Participant attains (or would have attained if the Participant then were in active employment) Early Retirement Date, or (ii) the Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

6.2 Form of Payment

(a) Single Life Annuity. The normal form of payment under the Plan for a Participant who is not married on the date of commencement of his or her benefits hereunder shall be a single life annuity providing monthly payments for the life of the Participant, and under which all benefit payments cease as of the date of death of the Participant.

(b) Joint and Survivor Annuity. The normal form of benefit payable to a Participant who is lawfully married to a spouse on the date of commencement of his or her benefits hereunder shall be an actuarially equivalent fifty percent (50%) joint and survivor annuity, providing reduced monthly payments during such Participant's life, and providing continued monthly payments after the Participant's death to the spouse to whom the participant is married on the date of his or her commencement of benefits hereunder. Each such continued monthly payments payable to the surviving spouse shall be fifty percent (50%) of the monthly payment amount payable during the Participant's lifetime. The reduction in the Participant's monthly benefits shall be determined by application of the same reduction factors as are applied for purposes of determining such reduction under the Qualified Pension Plan. Continuing payments to a surviving spouse shall continue during the life of the surviving spouse and shall cease on the date of death of such surviving spouse.

(c) Whenever, under this Plan it becomes necessary to determine the actuarial equivalence of one or more forms of benefits, such determination shall be made by application of such actuarial factors and rates as would then be applied for such purpose under the Qualified Pension Plan.

ARTICLE VII
DEATH AND DISABILITY BENEFITS

7.1 Death Benefit

In the event of the death of a Participant prior to commencement of benefit payments hereunder, a death benefit shall be payable to the spouse to whom such Participant is lawfully married on the date of the Participant's death. Such benefit shall consist of monthly payments, each of which is equal to the monthly amount that would have been paid to such spouse (a) had the Participant's Separation from Service occurred on the later of (i) the Participant's date of death, or (ii) the earlier of the Participant's Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date, (b) had the Participant's benefit commenced to be paid as the joint and survivor annuity described in Section 6.2, and (c) had the Participant's death occurred immediately after such commencement of benefits. Such death benefit

C-8

shall begin to be paid as soon as practicable after the latest of (a) the Participant's date of death, (b) the earlier of the Participant's Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date, and (c) the date on which such benefit applications, releases, and other documents as the Committee may require to be given are received by the Committee in form and manner satisfactory to the Committee. Death benefit payments shall cease as of the date of death of the spouse receiving such payments. No benefit shall be payable to any person other than a spouse described in the first sentence of this Section 7.1. This Plan shall not be required to give effect to disclaimers, whether made under state or federal law. This Section 7.1 shall not apply in the case of the death of a Participant after payments have commenced to be made with respect to such Participant.

7.2 Disability Benefit

If a Participant incurs a Total and Permanent Disability, as such term is defined from time to time under Qualified Pension Plan, prior to commencement of benefits hereunder and such Participant at the date of the occurrence of such Total and Permanent Disability is an Eligible Employee, such Participant shall continue to accrue benefits under this Plan in the same manner as provided in the Qualified Plan during the continuation of such Total and Permanent Disability, but not beyond the date determined under the Qualified Pension Plan. Such Participant shall be entitled to receive his/her benefit under this Plan upon attaining his/her Normal Retirement Date.

ARTICLE VIII
RIGHT TO TERMINATE OR MODIFY PLAN

By action of its Board of Directors, 20th Century Industries may modify or terminate this Plan without further liability to any Eligible Employee or former employee or any other person. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Article VIII, except as expressly required by law, this Plan may not be modified or terminated as to any Participant in a manner that adversely affects the payment of benefits theretofore accrued by such Participant to the extent such benefits have become vested, except that in the event of the termination of the Plan as to all Participants, this Plan may in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors be modified to accelerate payment of benefits to Participants.

ARTICLE IX
NO ASSIGNMENT, ETC.

Benefits under this Plan may not be assigned or alienated and shall not be subject to the claims of any creditor. A Participant shall not be permitted to borrow under the Plan, nor shall a Participant be permitted to pledge or otherwise use his benefits hereunder as security for any loan or other obligation. No payments shall be made to any person or persons other than expressly provided herein, or on any date or dates other than as expressly provided herein.

C-9

It is each Participant's sole responsibility to obtain such consents, and to take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with participation in this Plan, including but not limited to obtaining spousal or other consents, as may be necessary or appropriate to reflect marital property, support, or other obligations arising under contract, order or by operation of law.

ARTICLE X
THE COMMITTEE

10.

(a) The appointment, removal and resignation of members of the Committee shall be governed by the Board of Directors of 20th Century Industries. Subject to change by the said Board, the membership of the Committee shall be the same as the membership of the Committee of the Qualified Pension Plan.

(b) The Committee shall have authority to oversee the management and administration of the Plan, and in connection therewith is authorized in its sole discretion to make, amend and rescind such rules as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan and to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and to the extent that the Committee deems desirable to carry the Plan into effect. The powers and duties of the Committee shall include without limitation, the following:

(i) Resolving all questions relating to the eligibility of select management and highly compensated employees to become Participants; and

(ii) Resolving all questions regarding payment of benefits under the Plan and other questions regarding plan participation.

Any action taken or determination made by the Committee shall be conclusive on all parties. The exercise of or failure to exercise any discretion reserved to the Committee to grant or deny any benefit to a Participant or other person under the Plan shall in no way require the Committee or any person acting on behalf thereof, to similarly exercise or fail to exercise such discretion with respect to any other Participant.

ARTICLE XI
RELEASE

11.

As a condition to making any payment under the Plan, or to giving effect to any election or other action under the Plan by any Participant or any other person, the Plan Administrator may require such consents or releases as it determines to be appropriate, and further may require any such designation, election or other action to be in writing, in a prescribed form and to be filed with the Committee in a manner prescribed by the Committee. In the event the Committee determines, in

C-10

its discretion, that multiple conflicting claims may be made as to all or a part of a benefit accrued hereunder by a Participant, the Committee may delay the making of any payment until such conflict or multiplicity of claims is resolved.

ARTICLE XII
NO CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT

12.

This Plan shall not be deemed to give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge or retire any employee at any time, nor shall this Plan interfere with the right of the Company to establish the terms and conditions of employment of any employee.

ARTICLE XIII
COMPANY'S OBLIGATION TO PAY BENEFITS

13.

Nothing contained in this Plan and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company, and any Employee, an Employee's spouse or former spouse or any other person. Funds to provide benefits under the provisions of this Plan shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general funds of the Company. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under this Plan such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Article XIII, assets may be transferred by the Company to a trust constituting a "rabbi trust," for the purpose of providing benefits described herein.

ARTICLE XIV
CLAIM REVIEW PROCEDURE

14.

(a) A person who believes that he or she has not received all payments to which he or she is entitled under the terms of this Plan may submit a claim therefor. Within ninety (90) days following receipt of a claim for benefits under this Plan, and all necessary documents and information, the Committee or its authorized delegate reviewing the claim shall, if the claim is not approved, furnish the claimant with written notice of the decision rendered with respect to the application.

(b) The written notice contemplated in (a) above shall set forth:

(i) the specific reasons for the denial, with reference to the Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

(ii) a description of any additional information or material necessary for perfection of the application (together with an explanation why the material or information is necessary); and

C-11

(iii) an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.

(c) A claimant who wishes to contest the denial of his claim for benefits or to contest the amount of benefits payable to him shall follow the procedures for an appeal of benefits as set forth below, and shall exhaust such administrative procedures prior to seeking any other form of relief.

(d) A claimant who does not agree with the decision rendered as provided above in this Article XIV with respect to his application may appeal the decision to the Committee. The appeal shall be made, in writing, within sixty (60) days after the date of notice of such decision with respect to the application. If the application has neither been approved nor denied within the ninety-day (90) period provided in (a) above, then the appeal shall be made within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the ninety-day (90) period.

(e) The claimant may request that his application be given full and fair review by the Committee. The claimant may review all pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing in connection with the appeal. The decision of the Committee shall be made promptly, and not later than sixty (60) days after the Committee's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. The decision by the Committee on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant with specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision is based.

ARTICLE XV
ARBITRATION

15.

A claimant may contest the Committee's denial of his or her appeal only by submitting the matter to arbitration. In such event, the claimant and the Committee shall select an arbitrator from a list of names supplied by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with such Association's procedures for selection of arbitrators, and the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of such Association. The arbitrator's authority shall be limited to the affirmance or reversal of the Committee's denial of the appeal, and the arbitrator shall have no power to alter, add to or subtract from any provision of this Plan. Except as otherwise required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the arbitrator's decision shall be final and binding on all parties, if warranted on the record and reasonably based on applicable law and the provisions of this Plan.

C-12

ARTICLE XVI
MISCELLANEOUS

16.

16.1 Successor and Assigns

The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and all Participants.

16.2 Notices

Any notice or other communication required or permitted under the Plan shall be in writing, and if directed to the Company shall be sent to the Committee or its authorized delegate, and if directed to a Participant shall be sent to such Participant at his last known address as it appears on the records of the Company.

16.3 Limitations on Liability

(a) The Company does not warrant any tax benefit nor any financial benefit under the Plan. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Company and its officers, employees and agents shall be held harmless by the Participant or Beneficiary from, and shall not be subject to any liability on account of, the federal or state or local income tax consequences, or any other consequences of any deferrals or credits with respect to Participants under the Plan.

(b) The Company, its officers, employees, and agents shall be held harmless by the Participant from, and shall not be subject to any liability hereunder for, all acts performed in good faith.

16.4 Certain Small Benefits

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, in the case of a Participant whose annual benefit hereunder is not in excess of $2,000, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, distribute an amount equal to the actuarial equivalent value of future anticipated benefits, determined in accordance with such actuarial factors and interest rate assumptions utilized from time to time under the Qualified Pension Plan for purposes of making lump sum payments thereunder.

16.5 Governing Law

This Plan is subject to the laws of the State of California, to the extent not preempted by ERISA.

C-13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, 20th Century Industries has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date set forth hereinabove.

20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES

By:

C-14

Appendix D

Treatment of Employees Transferring with the Sale of United Guaranty Corporation

With respect to each Participant who is an Active Employee of United Guaranty Corporation and its Subsidiaries (collectively, “UGC”) as of December 31, 2016 (the “Closing Date”), the date that the sale described in the Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 15, 2016 between the Company and Arch Capital Group, Ltd. (“Arch”) (the “Purchase Agreement”) closes (a
“Departing UGC Participant”), the terms and conditions set forth in this Appendix D shall apply solely with respect to Departing UGC Participants, effective as of December 31, 2016:

1. Appendix D Definitions

a. Solely for purposes of this Appendix D, an “Active Employee” means each person who as of the Closing Date (a) is an actively employed Employee performing services for UGC and (b) each person who is an Employee of UGC as of the Closing Date who is absent from employment due to illness, vacation, injury, military service or other authorized absence (including each Employee who is “disabled” under the short-term disability program currently in place for UGC, who is on approved leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act or who is on leave due to a workplace injury covered by a workers’ compensation policy or program incurred within the six (6) months prior to the Closing Date) other than Employees on long-term disability or other unpaid medical leave and Employees who are on leave due to a workplace injury covered by a workers’ compensation policy or program incurred more than six (6) months prior to the Closing Date.

b. Solely for purposes of this Appendix D, “Subsidiaries” means those subsidiaries of United Guaranty Corporation that are sold to Arch pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

2. Definition of Disability

For purposes of Section 1.10, the definition of the term “Disability,” for a Departing UGC Participant the word “Company” shall include both UGC and Arch.

D-1

3. Definition of Separation from Service

With respect to Departing UGC Participants, the definition of “Separation from Service” in Section 1.33 of the Plan means the Departing UGC Participant has terminated employment (other than by death or Disability) with Arch and its subsidiaries (including UGC).

4. Vesting

Notwithstanding the first two sentences of Article 5 of the Plan, effective as of December 31, 2016, the Excess Retirement Income of a Departing UGC Participant shall become non-forfeitable, and the first sentence of the second paragraph of Article 5 shall not apply to a Departing UGC Participant.

5. Entitlement to Benefits

For a Departing UGC Participant, Section 3.1 of the Plan shall read as is set forth below:

3.1 Early, Normal, Postponed and Disability Retirement. A Departing UGC Participant in the Plan who has a Separation from Service on or after December 31, 2016 shall be entitled to the Excess Retirement Income described in Article 4 of the Plan. If a Departing UGC Participant incurs a Disability, the Departing UGC Participant shall be entitled to receive the Excess Disability Retirement Income described in Section 4.5.

For a Departing UGC Participant, the first sentence of Section 3.2 shall not apply and shall be replaced with the following sentence:

3.2 A Departing UGC Participant who has a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Date (other than by death or by incurring a Disability) shall be entitled to an Early Excess Retirement Income in accordance with Section 4.3.

6. Benefit

For a Departing UGC Participant, Section 4.3(f) shall read as is set forth below:

D-2

4.3(f) If the Departing UGC Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the Frozen Accrued Benefit and the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date, but reduced by 6-2/3% for each of the first 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 65 and 3-1/3% for each of the next 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 60 and by an actuarial equivalent amount for retirement ages below age 55. With respect to retirement ages prior to age 55, the reduction will be based on an actuarial equivalent of the benefit payable at age 55. Actuarial equivalence will be based on the rate of interest determined under Code section 417(e)(3) as modified in other applicable guidance (including without limitation Revenue Ruling 2007-67) for the third calendar month prior to the calendar year in which benefits are scheduled to commence and the mortality table under Code section 417(e) in effect on the date benefits are scheduled to commence.

7. Death.

In Section 7.2, the following phrase that appears in both the ultimate and penultimate sentences in that Section is eliminated with respect to Departing UGC Participants:

“or , if later, within 90 days after the Participant would have attained age 55”

D-3

Appendix E

Treatment of Employees Transferring with the Sale of Fortitude Group Holdings, LLC

With respect to each Participant who is an Active Employee of Fortitude Group Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (collectively, “Fortitude”) as of June 2, 2020 (the “Closing Date”), the date that the sale described in the Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 25, 2019 between the Company and Carlyle FRL, L.P. and T&D Capital Co., Ltd. (the “Fortitude Buyers”) (the “Purchase Agreement”) closes (a “Departing Fortitude Participant”), the terms and conditions set forth in this Appendix E shall apply solely with respect to Departing Fortitude Participants, effective as of June 2, 2020:

1. Appendix E Definitions

a. Solely for purposes of this Appendix E, an “Active Employee” means each person who as of the Closing Date (a) is an actively employed Employee performing services for Fortitude and (b) each person who is an Employee of Fortitude as of the Closing Date who is absent from employment due to illness, vacation, injury, military service or other authorized absence (including each Employee who is “disabled” under the short-term disability program currently in place for Fortitude, who is on approved leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act or who is on leave due to a workplace injury covered by a workers’ compensation policy or program incurred within the six (6) months prior to the Closing Date) other than Employees on long-term disability or other unpaid medical leave and Employees who are on leave due to a workplace injury covered by a workers’ compensation policy or program incurred more than six (6) months prior to the Closing Date.

b. Solely for purposes of this Appendix E, “Subsidiaries” means those subsidiaries of Fortitude Group Holdings, Inc. that are sold to the Fortitude Buyers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

2. Definition of Disability

For purposes of Section 1.10, the definition of the term “Disability,” for a Departing Fortitude Participant the word “Company” shall include both Fortitude and the Fortitude Buyers.

E-1

3. Definition of Separation from Service

With respect to Departing Fortitude Participants, the definition of “Separation from Service” in Section 1.33 of the Plan means the Departing Fortitude Participant has terminated employment (other than by death or Disability) with the Fortitude Buyers and its Subsidiaries (including Fortitude).

4. Vesting

Notwithstanding the first two sentences of Article 5 of the Plan, effective as of June 2, 2020, the Excess Retirement Income of a Departing Fortitude Participant shall become non-forfeitable, and the first sentence of the second paragraph of Article 5 shall not apply to a Departing Fortitude Participant.

5. Entitlement to Benefits

For a Departing Fortitude Participant, Section 3.1 of the Plan shall read as is set forth below:

3.1 Early, Normal, Postponed and Disability Retirement. A Departing Fortitude Participant in the Plan who has a Separation from Service on or after June 2, 2020 shall be entitled to the Excess Retirement Income described in Article 4 of the Plan. If a Departing Fortitude Participant incurs a Disability, the Departing Fortitude Participant shall be entitled to receive the Excess Disability Retirement Income described in Section 4.5.

For a Departing Fortitude Participant, the first sentence of Section 3.2 shall not apply and shall be replaced with the following sentence:

3.2 A Departing Fortitude Participant who has a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Date (other than by death or by incurring a Disability) shall be entitled to an Early Excess Retirement Income in accordance with Section 4.3.

6. Benefit

For a Departing Fortitude Participant, Section 4.3(f) shall read as is set forth below:

E-2

4.3(f) If the Departing Fortitude Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the Frozen Accrued Benefit and the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date, but reduced by 6-2/3% for each of the first 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 65 and 3-1/3% for each of the next 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 60 and by an actuarial equivalent amount for retirement ages below age 55. With respect to retirement ages prior to age 55, the reduction will be based on an actuarial equivalent of the benefit payable at age 55. Actuarial equivalence will be based on the rate of interest determined under Code section 417(e)(3) as modified in other applicable guidance (including without limitation Revenue Ruling 2007-67) for the third calendar month prior to the calendar year in which benefits are scheduled to commence and the mortality table under Code section 417(e) in effect on the date benefits are scheduled to commence.

7. Death.

In Section 7.2, the following phrase that appears in both the ultimate and penultimate sentences in that Section is eliminated with respect to Departing Fortitude Participants:

“or , if later, within 90 days after the Participant would have attained age 55”

E-3

Delaware	13-2592361
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

175 Water Street, New York, New York	10038
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Title of each class	Trading Symbol	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, Par Value $2.50 Per Share	AIG	New York Stock Exchange
Warrants (expiring January 19, 2021)	AIG WS	New York Stock Exchange
5.75% Series A-2 Junior Subordinated Debentures	AIG 67BP	New York Stock Exchange
4.875% Series A-3 Junior Subordinated Debentures	AIG 67EU	New York Stock Exchange
Stock Purchase Rights		New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares Each Representing a 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of Series A 5.85% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock	AIG PRA	New York Stock Exchange

Large accelerated filer ☑				Accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☐				Smaller reporting company ☐
				Emerging growth company ☐

FORM 10-Q
Item Number	Description		Page
Part I — Financial Information
ITEM 1	Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements		2
	Note 1.	Basis of Presentation	9
	Note 2.	Summary of Significant Accounting Policies	11
	Note 3.	Segment Information	15
	Note 4.	Fair Value Measurements	18
	Note 5.	Investments	35
	Note 6.	Lending Activities	48
	Note 7.	Reinsurance	52
	Note 8.	Variable Interest Entities	55
	Note 9.	Derivatives and Hedge Accounting	57
	Note 10.	Insurance Liabilities	61
	Note 11.	Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees	64
	Note 12.	Equity	66
	Note 13.	Earnings Per Common Share	72
	Note 14.	Employee Benefits	73
	Note 15.	Income Taxes	74
	Note 16.	Subsequent Events	77
ITEM 2	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		78
	Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information		78
	Use of Non-GAAP Measures		81
	Critical Accounting Estimates		84
	Executive Summary		87
	Consolidated Results of Operations		98
	Business Segment Operations		104
	Investments		141
	Insurance Reserves		153
	Liquidity and Capital Resources		164
	Enterprise Risk Management		176
	Regulatory Environment		181
	Glossary		183
	Acronyms		186
ITEM 3	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		187
ITEM 4	Controls and Procedures		187
Part II — Other Information
ITEM 1	Legal Proceedings		188
ITEM 1A	Risk Factors		188
ITEM 2	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds		190
ITEM 4	Mine Safety Disclosures		190
ITEM 5	Other Information		190
ITEM 6	Exhibits		191
Signatures			192

	June 30,		December 31,
(in millions, except for share data)		2020		2019
Assets:
Investments:
Fixed maturity securities:
Bonds available for sale, at fair value, net of allowance for credit losses of $198 in 2020
(amortized cost: 2020 - $237,345; 2019 - $233,230)	$	258,505	$	251,086
Other bond securities, at fair value (See Note 5)		5,437		6,682
Equity securities, at fair value (See Note 5)		679		841
Mortgage and other loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $794 in 2020 and $438 in 2019		46,522		46,984
Other invested assets (portion measured at fair value: 2020 - $6,561; 2019 - $6,827)		17,692		18,792
Short-term investments, including restricted cash of $197 in 2020 and $188 in 2019
(portion measured at fair value: 2020 - $6,388; 2019 - $5,343)		21,316		13,230
Total investments		350,151		337,615

Cash		3,408		2,856
Accrued investment income		2,294		2,334
Premiums and other receivables, net of allowance for credit losses and disputes of $212 in 2020 and $178 in 2019		12,829		10,274
Reinsurance assets - Fortitude Re, net of allowance for credit losses and disputes of $0 in 2020		34,556		-
Reinsurance assets - other, net of allowance for credit losses and disputes of $312 in 2020 and $151 in 2019		40,656		37,977
Deferred income taxes		13,294		13,146
Deferred policy acquisition costs		10,003		11,207
Other assets, net of allowance for credit losses of $52 in 2020, including restricted cash of $247 in 2020 and $243 in 2019
(portion measured at fair value: 2020 - $899; 2019 - $3,151)		13,455		16,383
Separate account assets, at fair value		88,742		93,272
Total assets	$	569,388	$	525,064
Liabilities:
Liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of allowance for credit losses of $14 in 2020	$	77,853	$	78,328
Unearned premiums		20,103		18,269
Future policy benefits for life and accident and health insurance contracts		50,636		50,512
Policyholder contract deposits (portion measured at fair value: 2020 - $9,233; 2019 - $6,910)		155,852		151,869
Other policyholder funds		3,447		3,428
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable (portion measured at fair value: 2020 - $4,510)		42,033		-
Other liabilities (portion measured at fair value: 2020 - $581; 2019 - $1,100)		28,624		26,609
Long-term debt (portion measured at fair value: 2020 - $2,181; 2019 - $2,062)		29,248		25,479
Debt of consolidated investment entities		10,032		9,871
Separate account liabilities		88,742		93,272
Total liabilities		506,570		457,637
Contingencies, commitments and guarantees (See Note 11)		nil		nil

AIG shareholders’ equity:
Series A Non-cumulative preferred stock and additional paid in capital, $5.00 par value; 100,000,000 shares
authorized; shares issued: 2020 - 20,000 and 2019 - 20,000; liquidation preference $500		485		485
Common stock, $2.50 par value; 5,000,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued: 2020 - 1,906,671,492 and
2019 - 1,906,671,492		4,766		4,766
Treasury stock, at cost; 2020 - 1,045,237,650 shares; 2019 - 1,036,672,461 shares of common stock		(49,327)		(48,987)
Additional paid-in capital		81,294		81,345
Retained earnings		15,847		23,084
Accumulated other comprehensive income		9,169		4,982
Total AIG shareholders’ equity		62,234		65,675
Non-redeemable noncontrolling interests		584		1,752
Total equity		62,818		67,427
Total liabilities and equity	$	569,388	$	525,064

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	June 30,				June 30,
(dollars in millions, except per common share data)		2020		2019		2020		2019
Revenues:
Premiums	$	7,407	$	7,430	$	14,850	$	15,500
Policy fees		749		769		1,504		1,504
Net investment income:
Net investment income - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets		3,250		3,745		5,758		7,624
Net investment income - Fortitude Re funds withheld assets*		116		-		116		-
Total net investment income		3,366		3,745		5,874		7,624
Net realized capital gains (losses):
Net realized capital gains (losses) - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets		(1,591)		404		1,928		(42)
Net realized capital gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets*		96		-		96		-
Net realized capital gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded
derivative*		(837)		-		(837)		-
Total net realized capital gains (losses)		(2,332)		404		1,187		(42)
Other income		206		213		424		431
Total revenues		9,396		12,561		23,839		25,017
Benefits, losses and expenses:
Policyholder benefits and losses incurred		6,521		5,802		12,846		12,481
Interest credited to policyholder account balances		918		967		1,875		1,907
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs		754		1,439		2,616		2,728
General operating and other expenses		2,087		2,140		4,240		4,193
Interest expense		365		360		720		709
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt		-		15		17		13
Net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of divested businesses		8,412		1		8,628		(5)
Total benefits, losses and expenses		19,057		10,724		30,942		22,026
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit)		(9,661)		1,837		(7,103)		2,991
Income tax expense (benefit)		(1,896)		446		(992)		663
Income (loss) from continuing operations		(7,765)		1,391		(6,111)		2,328
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes		(1)		(1)		(1)		(1)
Net income (loss)		(7,766)		1,390		(6,112)		2,327
Less:
Net income from continuing operations attributable to
noncontrolling interests		162		281		67		564
Net income (loss) attributable to AIG		(7,928)		1,109		(6,179)		1,763
Less: Dividends on preferred stock		8		7		15		7
Net income (loss) attributable to AIG common shareholders	$	(7,936)	$	1,102	$	(6,194)	$	1,756

Income (loss) per common share attributable to AIG common shareholders:
Basic:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	(9.15)	$	1.26	$	(7.11)	$	2.00
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-
Net income (loss) attributable to AIG common shareholders	$	(9.15)	$	1.26	$	(7.11)	$	2.00
Diluted:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	(9.15)	$	1.24	$	(7.11)	$	1.99
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-
Net income (loss) attributable to AIG common shareholders	$	(9.15)	$	1.24	$	(7.11)	$	1.99
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		866,968,305		876,382,884		870,590,968		875,885,588
Diluted		866,968,305		888,325,042		870,590,968		882,921,247

		Preferred														Non-
	Stock and											Accumulated		Total AIG		redeemable
	Additional							Additional				Other		Share-		Non-
		Paid-in		Common		Treasury		Paid-in		Retained	Comprehensive			holders'		controlling		Total
(in millions)		Capital		Stock		Stock		Capital		Earnings	Income (Loss)			Equity		Interests		Equity
Three Months Ended June 30, 2020
Balance, beginning of period	$	485	$	4,766	$	(49,334)	$	81,188	$	24,062	$	(994)	$	60,173	$	1,670	$	61,843
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle, net of tax		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-
Preferred stock issued		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-
Common stock issued under stock plans		-		-		7		(9)		-		-		(2)		-		(2)
Purchase of common stock		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-
Net income (loss) attributable to AIG or
noncontrolling interests		-		-		-		-		(7,928)		-		(7,928)		162		(7,766)
Dividends on preferred stock		-		-		-		-		(8)		-		(8)		-		(8)
Dividends on common stock		-		-		-		-		(275)		-		(275)		-		(275)
Other comprehensive income (loss)		-		-		-		-		-		10,163		10,163		(9)		10,154
Net decrease due to deconsolidation		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		(1,219)		(1,219)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		3		3
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		(20)		(20)
Other		-		-		-		115		(4)		-		111		(3)		108
Balance, end of period	$	485	$	4,766	$	(49,327)	$	81,294	$	15,847	$	9,169	$	62,234	$	584	$	62,818

Six Months Ended June 30, 2020
Balance, beginning of year	$	485	$	4,766	$	(48,987)	$	81,345	$	23,084	$	4,982	$	65,675	$	1,752	$	67,427
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle, net of tax		-		-		-		-		(487)		-		(487)		-		(487)
Preferred stock issued		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-
Common stock issued under stock plans		-		-		167		(264)		-		-		(97)		-		(97)
Purchase of common stock		-		-		(500)		-		-		-		(500)		-		(500)
Net income (loss) attributable to AIG or
noncontrolling interests		-		-		-		-		(6,179)		-		(6,179)		67		(6,112)
Dividends on preferred stock		-		-		-		-		(15)		-		(15)		-		(15)
Dividends on common stock		-		-		-		-		(551)		-		(551)		-		(551)
Other comprehensive income (loss)		-		-		-		-		-		4,187		4,187		(23)		4,164
Net decrease due to deconsolidation		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		(1,171)		(1,171)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		4		4
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		(42)		(42)
Other		-		-		(7)		213		(5)		-		201		(3)		198
Balance, end of period	$	485	$	4,766	$	(49,327)	$	81,294	$	15,847	$	9,169	$	62,234	$	584	$	62,818

	Six Months Ended June 30,
(in millions)		2020		2019
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	(6,112)	$	2,327
Loss from discontinued operations		1		1
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Noncash revenues, expenses, gains and losses included in income (loss):
Net gain on sales of securities available for sale and other assets		(418)		(141)
Net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of divested businesses		8,628		(5)
Losses on extinguishment of debt		17		13
Unrealized losses in earnings - net		36		369
Equity in (income) loss from equity method investments, net of dividends or distributions		232		(62)
Depreciation and other amortization		2,560		2,657
Impairments of assets		66		167
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Insurance reserves		1,857		(1,057)
Premiums and other receivables and payables - net		1,778		22
Reinsurance assets and funds held under reinsurance contracts		(2,295)		(2,334)
Capitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs		(2,224)		(2,843)
Current and deferred income taxes - net		(1,732)		523
Other, net		(1,069)		(909)
Total adjustments		7,436		(3,600)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		1,325		(1,272)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from (payments for)
Sales or distributions of:
Available for sale securities		13,858		12,765
Other securities		2,037		2,609
Other invested assets		2,134		1,931
Divested businesses, net		2,119		-
Maturities of fixed maturity securities available for sale		12,761		11,888
Principal payments received on and sales of mortgage and other loans receivable		2,359		2,474
Purchases of:
Available for sale securities		(29,804)		(27,219)
Other securities		(519)		(405)
Other invested assets		(1,385)		(1,423)
Mortgage and other loans receivable		(2,653)		(2,919)
Net change in short-term investments		(7,857)		(4,837)
Other, net		4,047		989
Net cash used in investing activities		(2,903)		(4,147)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from (payments for)
Policyholder contract deposits		8,410		11,474
Policyholder contract withdrawals		(8,567)		(8,362)
Issuance of long-term debt and debt of consolidated investment entities		5,509		2,199
Repayments of long-term debt and debt of consolidated investment entities		(1,877)		(910)
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs		-		485
Purchase of common stock		(500)		-
Dividends paid on preferred stock		(15)		(7)
Dividends paid on common stock		(551)		(557)
Other, net		(269)		896
Net cash provided by financing activities		2,140		5,218
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash		3		28
Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash		565		(173)
Cash and restricted cash at beginning of year		3,287		3,358
Cash and restricted cash at end of period	$	3,852	$	3,185


Cash paid during the period for:
Interest	$	581	$	684
Taxes	$	741	$	140
Non-cash investing activities:
Fixed maturity securities available for sale received in connection with pension risk transfer transactions	$	1,008	$	-
Fixed maturity securities received in connection with reinsurance transactions	$	325	$	-
Non-cash financing activities:
Interest credited to policyholder contract deposits included in financing activities	$	1,646	$	1,791

Three Months Ended June 30, 2020		Balance,		Cumulative Effect		Purchased Credit		Incremental Increase		Write-offs and		Balance,
		Beginning		Adjustment as of		Deteriorated Initial		(Decrease) Recognized		Other Changes		End of
(in millions)		of Period		January 1, 2020		Allowance		in Income		in the Allowance^(h)		Period
Securities available for sale^(a)	$	211	$	-	$	20	$	29	$	(62)	$	198
Mortgage and other loan receivables^(b)		787		-		-		19		(12)		794
Reinsurance recoverables (inclusive of
deposit accounted assets)^(c)		362		-		-		7		(5)		364
Premiums and other receivables^(d)		210		-		-		2		-		212
Contractual deductible recoverables^(e)		14		-		-		-		-		14
Commercial mortgage loan commitments^(f)		58		-		-		-		-		58
Total	$	1,642	$	-	$	20	$	57	$	(79)	$	1,640

Six Months Ended June 30, 2020
Securities available for sale^(a)	$	-	$	-	$	33	$	227	$	(62)	$	198
Mortgage and other loan receivables^(b)		438		318		-		50		(12)		794
Reinsurance recoverables (inclusive of
deposit accounted assets)^(c)		151		224		-		5		(16)		364
Premiums and other receivables^(d)		178		34		-		2		(2)		212
Contractual deductible recoverables^(e)		-		14		-		-		-		14
Commercial mortgage loan commitments^(f)		-		51		-		7		-		58
Total	$	767	$	641	$	33	$	291	$	(92)	$	1,640
Secondary impacts to certain long-duration
insurance contracts^(g)				(27)
Tax impact				(127)
Total cumulative effect adjustment			$	487

Three Months Ended June 30,	2020				2019
				Adjusted				Adjusted
		Total		Pre-tax		Total		Pre-tax
(in millions)		Revenues		Income (Loss)		Revenues		Income (Loss)
General Insurance
North America	$	3,077	$	5	$	4,025	$	718
International		3,178		170		3,502		262
Total General Insurance		6,255		175		7,527		980
Life and Retirement
Individual Retirement		1,333		550		1,466		588
Group Retirement		712		214		790		293
Life Insurance		1,113		(9)		1,154		86
Institutional Markets		1,391		126		418		82
Total Life and Retirement		4,549		881		3,828		1,049
Other Operations		15		(559)		144		(415)
Legacy Portfolio		719		257		740		119
AIG Consolidation and elimination		31		49		(79)		(56)
Total AIG Consolidated adjusted revenues and adjusted pre-tax income		11,569		803		12,160		1,677
Reconciling items from adjusted pre-tax income to pre-tax income (loss):
Changes in fair value of securities used to hedge guaranteed
living benefits		14		16		84		75
Changes in benefit reserves and DAC, VOBA and SIA related to net
realized capital gains (losses)		-		255		-		(73)
Changes in the fair value of equity securities		56		56		(22)		(22)
Other income (expense) - net		14		-		4		-
Loss on extinguishment of debt		-		-		-		(15)
Net investment income on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets^(a)		116		116		-		-
Net realized capital gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets^(a)		96		96		-		-
Net realized capital gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded
derivative^(a)		(837)		(837)		-		-
Net realized capital gains (losses)^(b)		(1,632)		(1,619)		335		351
Loss from divested businesses		-		(8,412)		-		(1)
Non-operating litigation reserves and settlements		-		-		-		-
Favorable prior year development and related amortization
changes ceded under retroactive reinsurance agreements		-		33		-		125
Net loss reserve discount charge		-		(16)		-		(212)
Integration and transaction costs associated with acquired businesses		-		(4)		-		(6)
Restructuring and other costs		-		(134)		-		(60)
Non-recurring costs related to regulatory or accounting changes		-		(14)		-		(2)
Revenues and Pre-tax income (loss)	$	9,396	$	(9,661)	$	12,561	$	1,837

June 30, 2020							Counterparty		Cash
(in millions)		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting^(a)	Collateral			Total
Assets:
Bonds available for sale:
U.S. government and government sponsored entities	$	5	$	4,797	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	4,802
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions		-		13,717		2,279		-		-		15,996
Non-U.S. governments		39		14,564		5		-		-		14,608
Corporate debt		-		154,865		1,900		-		-		156,765
RMBS		-		20,434		12,678		-		-		33,112
CMBS		-		13,850		1,149		-		-		14,999
CDO/ABS		-		8,762		9,461		-		-		18,223
Total bonds available for sale		44		230,989		27,472		-		-		258,505
Other bond securities:
U.S. government and government sponsored entities		-		1,912		-		-		-		1,912
Non-U.S. governments		-		-		-		-		-		-
Corporate debt		-		11		-		-		-		11
RMBS		-		342		168		-		-		510
CMBS		-		256		47		-		-		303
CDO/ABS		-		170		2,531		-		-		2,701
Total other bond securities		-		2,691		2,746		-		-		5,437
Equity securities		624		12		43		-		-		679
Other invested assets^(b)		-		86		1,486		-		-		1,572
Derivative assets:
Interest rate contracts		2		5,678		-		-		-		5,680
Foreign exchange contracts		-		1,968		1		-		-		1,969
Equity contracts		8		939		86		-		-		1,033
Credit contracts		-		-		3		-		-		3
Other contracts		-		-		13		-		-		13
Counterparty netting and cash collateral		-		-		-		(3,977)		(3,933)		(7,910)
Total derivative assets		10		8,585		103		(3,977)		(3,933)		788
Short-term investments		2,458		3,930		-		-		-		6,388
Other assets		-		-		111		-		-		111
Separate account assets		84,629		4,113		-		-		-		88,742
Total	$	87,765	$	250,406	$	31,961	$	(3,977)	$	(3,933)	$	362,222
Liabilities:
Policyholder contract deposits	$	-	$	-	$	9,233	$	-	$	-	$	9,233
Derivative liabilities:
Interest rate contracts		3		4,612		-		-		-		4,615
Foreign exchange contracts		-		663		-		-		-		663
Equity contracts		30		149		33		-		-		212
Credit contracts		-		26		48		-		-		74
Other contracts		-		-		10		-		-		10
Counterparty netting and cash collateral		-		-		-		(3,977)		(1,016)		(4,993)
Total derivative liabilities		33		5,450		91		(3,977)		(1,016)		581
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable		-		-		4,510		-		-		4,510
Other liabilities		-		-		-		-		-		-
Long-term debt		-		2,181		-		-		-		2,181
Total	$	33	$	7,631	$	13,834	$	(3,977)	$	(1,016)	$	16,505

December 31, 2019							Counterparty		Cash
(in millions)		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting^(a)		Collateral		Total
Assets:
Bonds available for sale:
U.S. government and government sponsored entities	$	135	$	5,245	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	5,380
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions		-		13,197		2,121		-		-		15,318
Non-U.S. governments		60		14,809		-		-		-		14,869
Corporate debt		-		147,973		1,663		-		-		149,636
RMBS		-		19,397		13,408		-		-		32,805
CMBS		-		13,377		1,053		-		-		14,430
CDO/ABS		-		10,962		7,686		-		-		18,648
Total bonds available for sale		195		224,960		25,931		-		-		251,086
Other bond securities:
U.S. government and government sponsored entities		-		2,121		-		-		-		2,121
Non-U.S. governments		-		-		-		-		-		-
Corporate debt		-		18		-		-		-		18
RMBS		-		346		143		-		-		489
CMBS		-		272		50		-		-		322
CDO/ABS		-		187		3,545		-		-		3,732
Total other bond securities		-		2,944		3,738		-		-		6,682
Equity securities		756		77		8		-		-		841
Other invested assets^(b)		-		86		1,192		-		-		1,278
Derivative assets:
Interest rate contracts		1		3,199		-		-		-		3,200
Foreign exchange contracts		-		1,034		6		-		-		1,040
Equity contracts		5		593		171		-		-		769
Credit contracts		-		-		3		-		-		3
Other contracts		-		-		14		-		-		14
Counterparty netting and cash collateral		-		-		-		(2,427)		(1,806)		(4,233)
Total derivative assets		6		4,826		194		(2,427)		(1,806)		793
Short-term investments		2,299		3,044		-		-		-		5,343
Other assets		57		2,212		89		-		-		2,358
Separate account assets		89,069		4,203		-		-		-		93,272
Total	$	92,382	$	242,352	$	31,152	$	(2,427)	$	(1,806)	$	361,653
Liabilities:
Policyholder contract deposits	$	-	$	-	$	6,910	$	-	$	-	$	6,910
Derivative liabilities:
Interest rate contracts		4		2,745		-		-		-		2,749
Foreign exchange contracts		-		1,025		-		-		-		1,025
Equity contracts		8		111		20		-		-		139
Credit contracts		-		24		65		-		-		89
Other contracts		-		-		7		-		-		7
Counterparty netting and cash collateral		-		-		-		(2,427)		(527)		(2,954)
Total derivative liabilities		12		3,905		92		(2,427)		(527)		1,055
Other liabilities		-		45		-		-		-		45
Long-term debt		-		2,062		-		-		-		2,062
Total	$	12	$	6,012	$	7,002	$	(2,427)	$	(527)	$	10,072

																				Changes in
																				Unrealized Gains
				Net														Changes in		(Losses) Included in
				Realized and														Unrealized Gains		Other Comprehensive
				Unrealized				Purchases,										(Losses) Included		Income (Loss) for
		Fair Value	Gains (Losses)			Other		Sales,		Gross		Gross				Fair Value		in Income on		Recurring Level 3
		Beginning		Included	Comprehensive			Issuances and	Transfers		Transfers			Divested		End		Instruments Held		Instruments Held
(in millions)		of Period		in Income		Income (Loss)	Settlements, Net			In		Out		Businesses		of Period		at End of Period		at End of Period
Three Months Ended June 30, 2020
Assets:
Bonds available for sale:
Obligations of states,
municipalities and
political subdivisions	$	2,102	$	-	$	254	$	20	$	-	$	(97)	$	-	$	2,279	$	-	$	244
Non-U.S. governments		6		-		-		5		-		(6)		-		5		-		-
Corporate debt		1,215		(1)		72		113		519		(18)		-		1,900		-		50
RMBS		11,687		208		947		(171)		7		-		-		12,678		-		957
CMBS		1,146		4		15		(16)		-		-		-		1,149		-		18
CDO/ABS		8,768		3		432		108		334		(184)		-		9,461		-		403
Total bonds available for sale^(a)		24,924		214		1,720		59		860		(305)		-		27,472		-		1,672
Other bond securities:
RMBS		149		14		-		5		-		-		-		168		13		-
CMBS		42		6		-		(1)		-		-		-		47		6		-
CDO/ABS		2,378		274		-		(121)		-		-		-		2,531		253		-
Total other bond securities		2,569		294		-		(117)		-		-		-		2,746		272		-
Equity securities		19		-		-		-		25		(1)		-		43		-		-
Other invested assets		1,467		(59)		-		78		-		-		-		1,486		-		-
Other assets		91		-		-		54		-		-		(34)		111		-		-
Total	$	29,070	$	449	$	1,720	$	74	$	885	$	(306)	$	(34)	$	31,858	$	272	$	1,672
																				Changes in
																				Unrealized Gains
				Net														Changes in		(Losses) Included in
				Realized and														Unrealized Gains		Other Comprehensive
				Unrealized				Purchases,										(Losses) Included		Income (Loss) for
		Fair Value	(Gains) Losses			Other		Sales,		Gross		Gross				Fair Value		in Income on		Recurring Level 3
		Beginning		Included	Comprehensive			Issuances and	Transfers		Transfers			Divested		End		Instruments Held		Instruments Held
(in millions)		of Period		in Income		Income (Loss)	Settlements, Net			In		Out		Businesses		of Period		at End of Period		at End of Period
Liabilities:
Policyholder contract deposits	$	8,153	$	1,060	$	-	$	20	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	9,233	$	(825)	$	-
Derivative liabilities, net:
Interest rate contracts		-		(1)		-		1		-		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign exchange contracts		3		1		-		(5)		-		-		-		(1)		-		-
Equity contracts		(143)		36		-		54		-		-		-		(53)		(15)		-
Credit contracts		(76)		64		-		57		-		-		-		45		9		-
Other contracts		(2)		(17)		-		16		-		-		-		(3)		17		-
Total derivative liabilities, net^(b)		(218)		83		-		123		-		-		-		(12)		11		-
Fortitude Re funds withheld
payable		-		837		-		-		-		-		3,673		4,510		663		-
Total	$	7,935	$	1,980	$	-	$	143	$	-	$	-	$	3,673	$	13,731	$	(151)	$	-

		Net		Net Realized
		Investment		Capital		Other
(in millions)		Income	Gains (Losses)			Income		Total
Three Months Ended June 30, 2020
Assets:
Bonds available for sale^*	$	182	$	32	$	-	$	214
Other bond securities		294		-		-		294
Equity securities		-		-		-		-
Other invested assets		(59)		-		-		(59)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2020
Assets:
Bonds available for sale^*	$	380	$	(72)	$	-	$	308
Other bond securities		(168)		268		-		100
Equity securities		-		(1)		-		(1)
Other invested assets		(63)		-		-		(63)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2019
Assets:
Bonds available for sale	$	245	$	(22)	$	-	$	223
Other bond securities		109		50		-		159
Other invested assets		18		-		-		18
Six Months Ended June 30, 2019
Assets:
Bonds available for sale	$	487	$	(36)	$	-	$	451
Other bond securities		196		52		-		248
Other invested assets		18		-		-		18

		Net		Net Realized
		Investment		Capital		Other
(in millions)		Income	(Gains) Losses			Income		Total
Three Months Ended June 30, 2020
Liabilities:
Policyholder contract deposits	$	-	$	1,060	$	-	$	1,060
Derivative liabilities, net		-		97		(14)		83
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable		-		837		-		837
Six Months Ended June 30, 2020
Liabilities:
Policyholder contract deposits	$	-	$	2,231	$	-	$	2,231
Derivative liabilities, net		-		(46)		(28)		(74)
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable		-		837		-		837
Three Months Ended June 30, 2019
Liabilities:
Policyholder contract deposits	$	-	$	970	$	-	$	970
Derivative liabilities, net		-		(29)		(18)		(47)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2019
Liabilities:
Policyholder contract deposits	$	-	$	1,539	$	-	$	1,539
Derivative liabilities, net		-		(53)		(34)		(87)

	Fair Value at
	June 30,		Valuation		Range
(in millions)	2020		Technique	Unobservable Input^(b)	(Weighted Average)^(c)
Assets:

Obligations of states, municipalities
and political subdivisions	$	1,781	Discounted cash flow	Yield	2.80% - 3.43% (3.11%)

Corporate debt		1,374	Discounted cash flow	Yield	2.53% - 6.74% (4.64%)

RMBS^(a)		11,777	Discounted cash flow	Constant prepayment rate	3.75% - 11.92% (7.84%)
				Loss severity	29.12% - 76.16% (52.64%)
				Constant default rate	1.27% - 6.11% (3.69%)
				Yield	2.17% - 5.13% (3.65%)

CDO/ABS^(a)		8,926	Discounted cash flow	Yield	2.30% - 6.49% (4.40%)

CMBS		576	Discounted cash flow	Yield	1.34% - 4.92% (3.13%)
Liabilities:

Embedded derivatives within
Policyholder contract deposits:

Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (GMWB)		4,257	Discounted cash flow	Equity volatility	6.35% - 50.45%
				Base lapse rate	0.16% - 12.60%
				Dynamic lapse multiplier	50.00% - 143.00%
				Mortality multiplier^(d)	38.00% - 147.00%
				Utilization	90.00% - 100.00%
				Equity / interest rate correlation	20.00% - 40.00%
				NPA^(e)	0.19% - 2.34%

Index annuities		4,396	Discounted cash flow	Lapse rate	0.31% - 50.00%
				Mortality multiplier^(d)	24.00% - 180.00%
				Option budget	0.00% - 4.00%
				NPA^(e)	0.19% - 2.34%

Indexed life		552	Discounted cash flow	Base lapse rate	0.00% - 37.97%
				Mortality rate	0.00% - 100.00%
				NPA^(e)	0.19% - 2.34%

		Fair Value at
		December 31,	Valuation		Range
(in millions)		2019	Technique	Unobservable Input^(b)	(Weighted Average)^(c)
Assets:

Obligations of states, municipalities
and political subdivisions	$	1,633	Discounted cash flow	Yield	3.35% - 3.95% (3.65%)

Corporate debt		1,087	Discounted cash flow	Yield	3.48% - 6.22% (4.85%)

RMBS^(a)		11,746	Discounted cash flow	Constant prepayment rate	4.00% - 12.89% (8.44%)
				Loss severity	33.68% - 76.91% (55.29%)
				Constant default rate	1.68% - 6.17% (3.93%)
				Yield	2.52% - 4.53% (3.52%)

CDO/ABS^(a)		6,025	Discounted cash flow	Yield	2.92% - 4.91% (3.91%)

CMBS		476	Discounted cash flow	Yield	2.77% - 5.18% (3.97%)
Liabilities:

Embedded derivatives within
Policyholder contract deposits:

GMWB		2,474	Discounted cash flow	Equity volatility	6.15% - 48.85%
				Base lapse rate	0.16% - 12.60%
				Dynamic lapse multiplier	50.00% - 143.00%
				Mortality multiplier^(d)	38.00% - 147.00%
				Utilization	90.00% - 100.00%
				Equity / interest rate correlation	20.00% - 40.00%
				NPA^(e)	0.12% - 1.53%

Index annuities		3,895	Discounted cash flow	Lapse rate	0.31% - 50.00%
				Mortality multiplier^(d)	24.00% - 180.00%
				Option budget	1.00% - 4.00%
				NPA^(e)	0.12% - 1.53%

Indexed life		510	Discounted cash flow	Base lapse rate	0.00% - 37.97%
				Mortality rate	0.00% - 100.00%
				NPA^(e)	0.12% - 1.53%

						Issuances		Purchases, Sales,
						and		Issuances and
(in millions)		Purchases		Sales		Settlements^(a)		Settlements, Net^(a)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2020
Assets:
Bonds available for sale:
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions	$	22	$	-	$	(2)	$	20
Non-U.S. governments		5		-		-		5
Corporate debt		121		-		(8)		113
RMBS		365		-		(536)		(171)
CMBS		1		(5)		(12)		(16)
CDO/ABS		256		(3)		(145)		108
Total bonds available for sale		770		(8)		(703)		59
Other bond securities:
RMBS		12		-		(7)		5
CMBS		-		-		(1)		(1)
CDO/ABS		-		-		(121)		(121)
Total other bond securities		12		-		(129)		(117)
Equity securities		-		-		-		-
Other invested assets		78		-		-		78
Other assets		55		-		(1)		54
Total assets	$	915	$	(8)	$	(833)	$	74
Liabilities:
Policyholder contract deposits	$	-	$	122	$	(102)	$	20
Derivative liabilities, net		(9)		-		132		123
Other liabilities		-		-		-		-
Total liabilities	$	(9)	$	122	$	30	$	143
Three Months Ended June 30, 2019
Assets:
Bonds available for sale:
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions	$	87	$	(1)	$	(24)	$	62
Non-U.S. governments		-		-		-		-
Corporate debt		8		(1)		(106)		(99)
RMBS		300		-		(704)		(404)
CMBS		179		-		(29)		150
CDO/ABS		972		(154)		(714)		104
Total bonds available for sale		1,546		(156)		(1,577)		(187)
Other bond securities:
RMBS		-		(437)		(42)		(479)
CMBS		14		-		-		14
CDO/ABS		-		-		(214)		(214)
Total other bond securities		14		(437)		(256)		(679)
Equity securities		9		-		-		9
Other invested assets		39		-		(44)		(5)
Other assets		-		-		2		2
Total assets	$	1,608	$	(593)	$	(1,875)	$	(860)
Liabilities:
Policyholder contract deposits	$	-	$	203	$	14	$	217
Derivative liabilities, net		(9)		-		(11)		(20)
Total liabilities	$	(9)	$	203	$	3	$	197

	Gain (Loss) Three Months Ended June 30,				Gain (Loss) Six Months Ended June 30,
	Gain (Loss) Three Months Ended June 30,				Gain (Loss) Six Months Ended June 30,
(in millions)		2020		2019		2020		2019
Assets:
Bonds	$	374	$	283	$	314	$	638
Alternative investments^(a)		(26)		151		(165)		381
Liabilities:
Long-term debt^(b)		(18)		(93)		(221)		(153)
Total gain (loss)	$	330	$	341	$	(72)	$	866

	June 30, 2020						December 31, 2019
			Outstanding						Outstanding
(in millions)	Fair Value		Principal Amount		Difference		Fair Value		Principal Amount		Difference
Liabilities:
Long-term debt^*	$	2,181	$	1,445	$	736	$	2,062	$	1,502	$	560

	Assets at Fair Value								Impairment Charges
	Non-Recurring Basis								Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
(in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3			Total		2020		2019		2020		2019
June 30, 2020
Other investments	$	-	$	-	$	160	$	160	$	37	$	17	$	48	$	58
Other assets		-		-		-		-		-		9		12		17
Total	$	-	$	-	$	160	$	160	$	37	$	26	$	60	$	75
December 31, 2019
Other investments	$	-	$	-	$	329	$	329
Other assets		-		-		1		1
Total	$	-	$	-	$	330	$	330

	Estimated Fair Value									Carrying
(in millions)		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Value
June 30, 2020
Assets:
Mortgage and other loans receivable	$	-	$	100	$	48,696	$	48,796	$	46,522
Other invested assets		-		761		125		886		886
Short-term investments		-		14,928		-		14,928		14,928
Cash		3,408		-		-		3,408		3,408
Other assets		188		59		-		247		247
Liabilities:
Policyholder contract deposits associated
with investment-type contracts		-		234		139,805		140,039		127,344
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable		-		-		37,523		37,523		37,523
Other liabilities		-		3,086		-		3,086		3,086
Long-term debt and debt of consolidated investment entities		-		31,467		9,045		40,512		37,099
Separate account liabilities - investment contracts		-		84,443		-		84,443		84,443
December 31, 2019
Assets:
Mortgage and other loans receivable	$	-	$	101	$	48,904	$	49,005	$	46,984
Other invested assets		-		735		6		741		742
Short-term investments		-		7,887		-		7,887		7,887
Cash		2,856		-		-		2,856		2,856
Other assets		291		20		-		311		311
Liabilities:
Policyholder contract deposits associated
with investment-type contracts		-		255		132,991		133,246		126,137
Other liabilities		15		3,048		-		3,063		3,063
Long-term debt and debt of consolidated investment entities		-		27,024		8,883		35,907		33,288
Separate account liabilities - investment contracts		-		88,770		-		88,770		88,770

		Amortized		Allowance		Gross		Gross
		Cost or		for Credit		Unrealized		Unrealized		Fair
(in millions)		Cost		Losses^(a)		Gains		Losses		Value
June 30, 2020
Bonds available for sale:
U.S. government and government sponsored entities	$	3,940	$	-	$	878	$	(16)	$	4,802
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions		13,934		-		2,082		(20)		15,996
Non-U.S. governments		13,757		(17)		971		(103)		14,608
Corporate debt		142,616		(145)		15,872		(1,578)		156,765
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized:
RMBS		30,453		(36)		2,846		(151)		33,112
CMBS		14,294		-		841		(136)		14,999
CDO/ABS		18,351		-		296		(424)		18,223
Total mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized		63,098		(36)		3,983		(711)		66,334
Total bonds available for sale^(c)	$	237,345	$	(198)	$	23,786	$	(2,428)	$	258,505

										Other-Than-
		Amortized		Gross		Gross				Temporary
		Cost or		Unrealized		Unrealized		Fair		Impairments
(in millions)		Cost		Gains		Losses		Value		in AOCI^(b)
December 31, 2019
Bonds available for sale:
U.S. government and government sponsored entities	$	5,108	$	316	$	(44)	$	5,380	$	-
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions		13,960		1,390		(32)		15,318		-
Non-U.S. governments		14,042		884		(57)		14,869		(18)
Corporate debt		138,046		12,090		(500)		149,636		7
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized:
RMBS		29,802		3,067		(64)		32,805		1,149
CMBS		13,879		576		(25)		14,430		34
CDO/ABS		18,393		348		(93)		18,648		14
Total mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized		62,074		3,991		(182)		65,883		1,197
Total bonds available for sale^(c)	$	233,230	$	18,671	$	(815)	$	251,086	$	1,186

	Less than 12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
				Gross				Gross				Gross
		Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized
(in millions)		Value		Losses		Value		Losses		Value		Losses
June 30, 2020
Bonds available for sale:
U.S. government and government sponsored entities	$	129	$	16	$	-	$	-	$	129	$	16
Obligations of states, municipalities and political
subdivisions		337		14		112		6		449		20
Non-U.S. governments		1,649		52		207		47		1,856		99
Corporate debt		22,363		1,109		1,083		222		23,446		1,331
RMBS		3,927		77		256		26		4,183		103
CMBS		2,588		128		98		8		2,686		136
CDO/ABS		8,171		288		3,086		136		11,257		424
Total bonds available for sale	$	39,164	$	1,684	$	4,842	$	445	$	44,006	$	2,129

	Total Fixed Maturity Securities
	Available for Sale
		Amortized Cost,
(in millions)		Net of Allowance		Fair Value
June 30, 2020
Due in one year or less	$	10,776	$	10,903
Due after one year through five years		41,602		42,617
Due after five years through ten years		40,483		43,482
Due after ten years		81,224		95,169
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized		63,062		66,334
Total	$	237,147	$	258,505

(in millions)	June 30, 2020
Unpaid principal balance	$	644
Allowance for expected credit losses at acquisition		(26)
Purchase (discount) premium		(149)
Purchase price	$	469

(in millions)	At Date of Acquisition
Contractually required payments (principal and interest)	$	35,139
Cash flows expected to be collected^*		28,720
Recorded investment in acquired securities		19,382

(in millions)	December 31, 2019
Outstanding principal balance	$	10,476
Amortized cost		6,970
Fair value		8,664

	Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
(in millions)	Overnight and Continuous			up to 30 days		31 - 90 days		91 - 364 days		365 days or greater		Total
June 30, 2020
Bonds available for sale:
Non-U.S. governments	$	9	$	16	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	25
Corporate debt		57		110		-		-		-		167
Total	$	66	$	126	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	192

December 31, 2019
Bonds available for sale:
Non-U.S. governments	$	2	$	71	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	73
Corporate debt		22		55		82		-		-		159
Total	$	24	$	126	$	82	$	-	$	-	$	232

December 31, 2019	Debt Service Coverage Ratios^(a)
(in millions)		>1.20X		1.00X - 1.20X		<1.00X		Total
Loan-to-Value Ratios^(b)
Less than 65%	$	23,013	$	2,440	$	245	$	25,698
65% to 75%		9,007		899		40		9,946
76% to 80%		200		6		-		206
Greater than 80%		184		2		134		320
Total commercial mortgages	$	32,404	$	3,347	$	419	$	36,170

	Number															Percent
	of	Class														of
(dollars in millions)	Loans	Apartments			Offices		Retail	Industrial			Hotel		Others		Total^(c)	Total
June 30, 2020
Credit Quality Performance
Indicator:
In good standing	699	$	14,262	$	10,484	$	5,106	$	3,578	$	2,145	$	435	$	36,010	98	%
Restructured^(a)	5		1		85		50		-		86		-		222	1
90 days or less delinquent	7		1		152		57		-		18		-		228	1
>90 days delinquent or in
process of foreclosure	3		-		75		-		-		-		-		75	-
Total^(b)	714	$	14,264	$	10,796	$	5,213	$	3,578	$	2,249	$	435	$	36,535	100	%
Allowance for credit losses		$	134	$	292	$	154	$	56	$	25	$	6	$	667	2	%

(in millions)
Net underwriting income	$	-
Net investment income - Fortitude Re funds withheld assets		116
Net realized capital losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets:
Net realized capital gains - Fortitude Re funds withheld assets		96
Net realized capital losses - Fortitude Re embedded derivatives		(837)
Net realized capital losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets		(741)
Loss from continuing operations before income tax benefit		(625)
Income tax benefit^(a)		(131)
Net loss		(494)
Change in unrealized appreciation of all other investments^(a)		438
Comprehensive loss	$	(56)

		Real Estate and				Affordable
		Investment		Securitization		Housing
(in millions)		Entities^(d)		Vehicles^(e)		Partnerships		Other		Total
June 30, 2020
Assets:
Bonds available for sale	$	-	$	6,313	$	-	$	-	$	6,313
Other bond securities		-		2,417		-		1		2,418
Mortgage and other loans receivable		-		3,783		-		-		3,783
Other invested assets		5,101		-		3,510		43		8,654
Other^(a)		560		1,645		509		41		2,755
Total assets^(b)	$	5,661	$	14,158	$	4,019	$	85	$	23,923
Liabilities:
Long-term debt	$	2,558	$	4,592	$	2,251	$	4	$	9,405
Other^(c)		161		137		192		23		513
Total liabilities	$	2,719	$	4,729	$	2,443	$	27	$	9,918
December 31, 2019
Assets:
Bonds available for sale	$	177	$	7,239	$	-	$	-	$	7,416
Other bond securities		-		3,324		-		1		3,325
Mortgage and other loans receivable		-		3,860		-		-		3,860
Other invested assets		5,231		-		3,464		42		8,737
Other^(a)		615		1,996		469		42		3,122
Total assets^(b)	$	6,023	$	16,419	$	3,933	$	85	$	26,460
Liabilities:
Long-term debt	$	2,810	$	4,356	$	2,074	$	4	$	9,244
Other^(c)		236		359		195		24		814
Total liabilities	$	3,046	$	4,715	$	2,269	$	28	$	10,058

			Maximum Exposure to Loss
		Total VIE		On-Balance		Off-Balance
(in millions)		Assets		Sheet^(b)		Sheet			Total
June 30, 2020
Real estate and investment entities^(a)	$	290,205	$	5,625	$	3,388		$	9,013
Affordable housing partnerships		3,094		396		-			396
Other		6,483		346		562	^(c)		908
Total	$	299,782	$	6,367	$	3,950		$	10,317
December 31, 2019
Real estate and investment entities^(a)	$	283,349	$	6,519	$	3,286		$	9,805
Affordable housing partnerships		3,351		453		-			453
Other		5,320		310		561	^(c)		871
Total	$	292,020	$	7,282	$	3,847		$	11,129

	June 30, 2020								December 31, 2019
	Gross Derivative Assets				Gross Derivative Liabilities				Gross Derivative Assets				Gross Derivative Liabilities
		Notional		Fair		Notional		Fair		Notional		Fair		Notional		Fair
(in millions)		Amount		Value		Amount		Value		Amount		Value		Amount		Value
Derivatives designated as
hedging instruments:^(a)
Interest rate contracts	$	735	$	19	$	294	$	13	$	495	$	3	$	410	$	7
Foreign exchange contracts		5,996		656		3,733		134		4,328		342		5,230		162
Derivatives not designated
as hedging instruments:^(a)
Interest rate contracts		67,839		5,661		39,796		4,602		52,437		3,197		35,231		2,742
Foreign exchange contracts		11,100		1,313		10,290		529		8,133		698		12,093		863
Equity contracts		21,898		1,033		7,229		212		18,533		769		7,539		139
Credit contracts^(b)		1,765		3		1,007		74		8,457		3		923		89
Other contracts^(c)		41,928		13		55		10		40,582		14		56		7
Total derivatives, gross	$	151,261	$	8,698	$	62,404	$	5,574	$	132,965	$	5,026	$	61,482	$	4,009
Counterparty netting^(d)				(3,977)				(3,977)				(2,427)				(2,427)
Cash collateral^(e)				(3,933)				(1,016)				(1,806)				(527)
Total derivatives on condensed
consolidated balance sheets^(f)			$	788			$	581			$	793			$	1,055

	Gains/(Losses) Recognized in Earnings for:
	Hedging		Excluded		Hedged
(in millions)	Derivatives^(a)		Components^(b)		Items		Net Impact
Three Months Ended June 30, 2020
Interest rate contracts:
Interest credited to policyholder account balances	$	1	$	-	$	(3)	$	(2)
Net investment income		(4)		-		3		(1)
Foreign exchange contracts:
Realized capital gains/(losses)		(132)		(76)		132		(76)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2019
Interest rate contracts:
Interest credited to policyholder account balances	$	9	$	-	$	(9)	$	-
Net investment income		-		-		-		-
Foreign exchange contracts:
Realized capital gains/(losses)		58		57		(58)		57
Six Months Ended June 30, 2020
Interest rate contracts:
Interest credited to policyholder account balances	$	18	$	-	$	(20)	$	(2)
Net investment income		(7)		-		6		(1)
Foreign exchange contracts:
Realized capital gains/(losses)		173		205		(173)		205
Six Months Ended June 30, 2019
Interest rate contracts:
Interest credited to policyholder account balances	$	14	$	-	$	(14)	$	-
Net investment income		(1)		-		1		-
Foreign exchange contracts:
Realized capital gains/(losses)		50		43		(50)		43

	Gains (Losses) Recognized in Earnings
	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	June 30,				June 30,
(in millions)		2020		2019		2020		2019
By Derivative Type:
Interest rate contracts	$	(7)	$	615	$	2,566	$	974
Foreign exchange contracts		(124)		231		901		203
Equity contracts		(471)		89		632		(119)
Credit contracts		(66)		17		56		9
Other contracts		16		18		26		34
Embedded derivatives		(1,774)		(832)		(2,826)		(1,281)
Total	$	(2,426)	$	138	$	1,355	$	(180)
By Classification:
Policy fees	$	15	$	18	$	30	$	35
Net investment income		(1)		(50)		(3)		(55)
Net realized capital gains (losses) - excluding
Fortitude Re funds withheld assets		(1,579)		165		2,173		(169)
Net realized capital gains (losses) on Fortitude Re
funds withheld assets		(863)		-		(863)		-
Policyholder benefits and claims incurred		2		5		18		9
Total	$	(2,426)	$	138	$	1,355	$	(180)